Ce Safety Test Report of Rh2288 v2, Rh2285 v2, Rh1288a v2 ,,rh2288a v2 Sybh (A) 01677361

Safety Test Report
Product Name: See page 5
Product Model: See page 5
Report Number: SYBH(A)01677361
Reliability Laboratory of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Administration Building, Headquarters of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Bantian, Longgang

District, Shenzhen, 518129, P.R.C
Tel: +86 755 28780808 Fax: +86 755 89652518
Safety Test Report of Tecal RH2288 V2, Tecal RH2268 V2,
HH22H-02, H12H-02,Tecal RH1288,Tecal RH1268 V2,Tecal
RH2285 V2,H22L-02,Tecal 2265 V2,H22L-02,RH2288A V2,RH1288A
V2 Security Level: Confidential
Notice
1. The laboratory has passed the accreditation by China National Accreditation Service for
Conformity Assessment (CNAS). The accreditation number is L0310.
2. The laboratory has passed the accreditation by The American Association for Laboratory
Accreditation (A2LA). The accreditation number is 2174.01.
3. The test report is invalid if not marked with the signatures of the persons responsible for
preparing and approving the test report.
4. The test report is invalid if there is any evidence of erasure and/or falsification.
5. The test report is only valid for the test samples.
6. Content of the test report, in part or in full, cannot be used for publicity and/or promotional
purposes without prior written approval from the laboratory.
Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 1 of 307

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Applicant: Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Administration Building, Headquarters of Huawei Technologies Co.,
Ltd., Bantian, Longgang District, Shenzhen, 518129, P.R.C
Product Name: See page 5
Product Model: See page 5
Date of Receipt Sample: 2015-01-20

Start Date of Test: 2015-01-20
End Date of Test: 2015-01-20
Test Result: Pass
Approved by Senior 2015-01-22 Kelvin Shi

Engineer: Date Name Signature
Prepared by: 2015-01-21 Rochy Mo
Date Name Signature

Modification Record
No. Last Report No. Modification Description
1. Add new configuration.
1 SYBH(A)00639496 2. Updated rating.
2 SYBH(A) 00710138 Add new PCIE card.
3 SYBH(A) 00748499 Add new product model.
1. Add new power supply unit.
4 SYBH(A) 00808195
2. Updated model name.
5 SYBH(A) 00867806 Add new model (H12H-02, Tecal RH1288 V2, Tecal RH1268 V2)
Add new configuration with Tecal RH2288 V2 and GPU card
6 SYBH(A) 00900762
(Tesla M2090)
7 SYBH(A)00953864 Add new boards and power supply unit.
1.Add new power supply unit EPW460-12A-G/Emerson
2. Add new configuration powered with PS-2461-7H and PS-
8 SYBH(A) 01007729 2751-7H which specified with 240Vd.c.
3. Add new configuration with the power consumption of the CPU
is less than 120W.
1.Add new model :RH2288A V2(configured with power :PS-2461-
7H/LITEION,DPS-460DB-12A/DELTA,EPW460-12A/HUAWEI)
2. Add new power supply units for Tecal RH2288 V2 and Tecal
9 SYBH(A)01200942
RH2285 V2: DPS-460DB-12A/DELTA,EPW750-12A/HUWEI,
EPW460-12A/HUAWEI
3.Assembly the report of RH2285 V2 and RH2288 V2 together
Add new model: RH1288A V2(configured with power :PS-2461-

10 SYBH(A)01489226
7H/LITEION,DPS-460DB-12A/DELTA,EPW460-12A/HUAWEI)
1. Add new power supply units for RH2288A V2: EPW460-12A-

G/ EMERSON, PS-2461-1H/LITEON.
2. Add new power supply units for RH1288A V2: EPW460-12A-
11 SYBH(A)01567473 G/ EMERSON, PS-2461-1H/LITEON.
3. Add new power supply units for RH1288V2: EPW460-12A-G/
EMERSON, DPS-460DB-12A/DELTA, EPW460-12A/HUAWEI,
EPW750-12A/HUAWEI.
1.Add new Product name for RH2288 V2:
UMS Server, AMI Web Server, AMI Interface Server,
12 SYBH(A)01609272 DCP Server, AD Server
2. Add new Product name and model for RH1288 V2:
Name: Load balancer;Model:L2800

TEST REPORT
IEC 60950-1: 2005 (2nd Edition) + A1:2009 + A2:2013 and/or
EN 60950-1:2006+A11:2009+ A1:2010 + A12:2011 + A2:2013
Information technology equipment – Safety –
Part 1: General requirements
Report reference No. ....................... : SYBH(A)01677361
Date of issue .....................................: 2015-01-22
Total number of pages ....................... 432
Testing laboratory ........................... : Reliability Laboratory of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address .............................................. : Administration Building, Headquarters of Huawei Technologies Co.,

Applicant ........................................... : Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address .............................................. : Administration Building, Headquarters of Huawei Technologies Co.,
Manufacturer’s name ..............................
Huawei : Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address ...................................................... :
Administration Building, Headquarters of Huawei Technologies Co.,
Test specification
Standard ............................................. : IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013
and/or
EN 60950-1:2006 + A11:2009 + A1:2010 + A12:2011+A2:2013
Test procedure..................................: IEC/ISO 17025
Non-standard test method ...............: N/A
Test Report Form No. ...................... : IEC60950_1E
TRF modified by................................. : Huawei
Master TRF .......................................: Dated 2014-02
Copyright © 2013 Worldwide System for Conformity Testing and Certification of Electrotechnical
Equipment and Components (IECEE), Geneva, Switzerland. All rights reserved.
This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for non-commercial purposes as long as the IECEE is acknowledged as
copyright owner and source of the material. IECEE takes no responsibility for and will not assume liability for damages resulting
from the reader's interpretation of the reproduced material due to its placement and context.
This report is not valid as a CB Test Report unless signed by an approved CB Testing Laboratory
and appended to a CB Test Certificate issued by an NCB in accordance with IECEE 02.
Test item description ....................: Server, UMS Server, AMI Web Server, AMI Interface Server ,
DCP Server , AD Server, Load balancer
Trademark .......................................: HUAWEI
Manufacturer ....................................: Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Model and/or type reference ............: For Product name:Server
Tecal RH2288 V2, RH2288 V2,
Tecal RH2288H V2, RH2288H V2,
H22H-02, H22H-02H, RH2288A V2,
Tecal RH2268H V2, Tecal RH2268 V2,
Tecal RH1288 V2, RH1288 V2,RH1288A V2
H12H-02,Tecal RH1268 V2,
Tecal RH2285 V2, Tecal RH2285H V2, RH2285 V2,RH2285H
V2,H22L-02H, H22L-02, Tecal RH2265 V2, Tecal RH2265H V2
For Product name:UMS Server, AMI Web Server, AMI Interface

Server , DCP Server , AD Server:
RH2288 V2
For Product name:Load balancer

L2800
Serial number ..................................: N/A
Rating(s) ...........................................: For: Tecal RH2288 V2, RH2288 V2,Tecal RH2288H V2,
RH2288H V2,TH22H-02, H22H-02H, RH2288A V2
Tecal RH2285 V2, Tecal RH2285H V2, RH2285 V2,
RH2285H V2,H22L-02H, H22L-02, RH1288A V2
~100-240 V,60/50Hz; 6-3 A(Per input) or 240V,5A;
~100-240 V,60/50Hz; 9-4.5 A(Per input) or 240V,5A;
-48 V to -60 V, 26 A max.(Per input)
For: Tecal RH2268H V2, Tecal RH2268 V2,
Tecal RH2265 V2, Tecal RH2265H V2

~100-240 V,60/50Hz; 6-3 A(Per input) or
~100-240 V,60/50Hz; 9-4.5 A(Per input) or
For: Tecal RH1288 V2, RH1288 V2,
H12H-02,Tecal RH1268 V2, L2800

~100-240 V,60/50Hz; 6-3 A(Per input) or
~100-240 V,60/50Hz; 9-4.5 A(Per input)

Summary of testing:
Tests performed (name of test and test clause):
The submitted samples were found to comply with the requirements of:
- IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013 and/or
- EN 60950-1:2006 + A11:2009 + A1:2010 + A12:2011+A2:2013
Summary of compliance with National Differences:
List of countries addressed: National Differences and Group Differences as per CB bulletin.
The product fulfils the requirements of EN60950-1:2006+A11:2009+A1:2010+A12:2011+A2:2013.
Copy of marking plate:

The artwork below may be only a draft. The use of certification marks on a product must be authorized
by the respective NCBs that own these marks.
(Additional requirements for markings. See 1.7 NOTE)




Label 1





Label 2




Label 3
For Tecal RH2288 V2 Configuration 1 Configuration 2 Configuration 3

Label 1 used power PS-2461-6XXXXX; PS-2461-6XXXXX; PS-2461-6XXXXX;
supply unit PS-2461-1XXXXX; PS-2461-1XXXXX; PS-2461-1XXXXX;
PS-2461-7XXXXX; PS-2461-7XXXXX PS-2461-7XXXXX

EPW460-12A-G; EPW460-12A-G; EPW460-12A-G;

DPS-460DB-12A; DPS-460DB-12A; DPS-460DB-12A;
EPW460-12A EPW460-12A EPW460-12A
Label 2 used power PS-2751-2XXXX; PS-2751-2XXXX; PS-2751-2XXXX;
supply unit EPW800W-12A; EPW800W-12A; EPW800W-12A
PS-2751-7XXXX; PS-2751-7XXXX; PS-2751-7XXXX;
EPW750-12A EPW750-12A EPW750-12A
Label 3 used power TPS800-12D TPS800-12D TPS800-12D
supply unit
Remark: Tecal RH2288 V2, Tecal RH2268 V2, H22H-02, Tecal RH2288H V2, Tecal RH2268H V2 and
H22H-02H, RH2288 V2, RH2288H V2 are all the same except product model.

Label 4


Label 5

Label 6

Label 7

Label 8
For Tecal RH1288 V2 Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration

4(low-power 4(high-power 5(low-power 5(high-power
configuration) configuration) configuration) configuration)
Label4 used power PS-2461- - PS-2461- -
supply unit 6XXXXX; 6XXXXX;
PS-2461- PS-2461-
7XXXXX; 7XXXXX;
PS-2461- PS-2461-
1XXXXX; 1XXXXX;
EPW460-12A-G EPW460-12A-G
Label 5 used power - PS-2751-2XXXX; - PS-2751-
supply unit EPW800W-12A; 2XXXX;
PS-2751-7XXXX; EPW800W-12A
PS-2751-
7XXXX;
Label 6 used power - TPS800-12D - TPS800-12D
supply unit
Label 7 used power EPW460-12A, - EPW460-12A, -

supply unit DPS-460DB- DPS-460DB-
12A 12A
Label 8used power - EPW750-12A - EPW750-12A
supply unit
Remark: Tecal RH1288 V2, RH1288 V2, Tecal RH1268 V2 and H12H-02, are all the same except
product model.




Label 9



Label 10



Label 11
For Tecal RH2285 V2 Configuration 1 Configuration 2 Configuration 3

Label 9 used power PS-2461-6XXXXX; PS-2461-6XXXXX; PS-2461-6XXXXX;
supply unit PS-2461-1XXXXX; PS-2461-1XXXXX; PS-2461-1XXXXX;
PS-2461-7XXXXX PS-2461-7XXXXX PS-2461-7XXXXX
EPW460-12A-G EPW460-12A-G EPW460-12A-G
DPS-460DB-12A; DPS-460DB-12A; DPS-460DB-12A;
EPW460-12A EPW460-12A EPW460-12A
Label 10 used power PS-2751-2XXXX; PS-2751-2XXXX; PS-2751-2XXXX;

supply unit EPW800W-12A; EPW800W-12A; EPW800W-12A;
PS-2751-7XXXX; PS-2751-7XXXX; PS-2751-7XXXX;
EPW750-12A EPW750-12A EPW750-12A
Label 11 used power TPS800-12D TPS800-12D TPS800-12D
supply unit
Remark: Tecal RH2285 V2, Tecal RH2265 V2, H22L-02, Tecal RH2285H V2, Tecal RH2265H V2 and
H22L-02H are all the same except product model name.
For RH2288A V2:
Power for this label of RH2288A V2: PS-2461-7H/LITEION,DPS-460DB-12A/DELTA,EPW460-

12A/HUAWEI

Power for this label of RH2288A V2: PS-2461-1H/LITEION, EPW460-12A-G/EMERSON
For RH1288A V2
Power for this label of RH1288A V2: PS-2461-7H/LITEION,DPS-460DB-12A/DELTA,EPW460-

12A/HUAWEI
Power for this label of RH1288A V2: PS-2461-1H/LITEION, EPW460-12A-G/EMERSON

Test item particulars ..................................................:

Equipment mobility .................................................... : movable hand-held transportable
stationary for building-in direct plug-in
Connection to the mains ............................................ : pluggable equipment type A (For AC and
HVDC model) type B
permanent connection(For DC model)
detachable power supply cord
non-detachable power supply cord
not directly connected to the mains
Operating condition ................................................... : continuous
rated operating resting time:
Access location ......................................................... : operator accessible
restricted access location
Over voltage category (OVC) ................................... : OVC I OVC II OVC III OVC IV
other:
Mains supply tolerance (%) or absolute mains supply For ac input:±10%
values ....................................................................... : For dc input: ±20%
Tested for IT power systems .................................... : Yes No
IT testing, phase-phase voltage (V) ......................... : N/A
Class of equipment ................................................... : Class I Class II Class III
Not classified
Considered current rating of protective device as For AC or HVDC model:16A
part of the building installlation (A) ........................... : For DC model:32A
Pollution degree (PD) ............................................... : PD 1 PD 2 PD 3
IP protection class .................................................... : IP20
Altitude during operation (m) .................................... : ≤ 3000
Altitude of test laboratory (m) ................................... : ≤ 500
Mass of equipment (kg) ............................................ : 30 Max.
Maximum operation ambient temperature(ºC) .......... : 35
Possible test case verdicts:
- test case does not apply to the test object ................ : N/A
- test object does meet the requirement ...................... : P (Pass)
- test object does not meet the requirement ................ : F (Fail)
General remarks:
The test results presented in this report relate only to the object tested.
This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written approval of the Issuing testing
laboratory.
"(See Enclosure #)" refers to additional information appended to the report.
"(See appended table)" refers to a table appended to the report.
Note: This TRF includes EN Group Differences together with National Differences and Special
National Conditions, if any. All Differences are located in the Appendix to the main body of this
TRF.
Throughout this report a point is used as the decimal separator.
Dates in this report are in the format YYYY-MM-DD

Manufacturer’s Declaration per sub-clause 4.2.5 of IECEE 02:

The application for obtaining a CB Test Certificate Yes
includes more than one factory location and a Not applicable
declaration from the Manufacturer stating that the
sample(s) submitted for evaluation is (are)
representative of the products from each factory has
been provided ................................................................:
Name and address of factory ................................... :N/A
General product information:
The Product name Server, UMS Server, AMI Web Server, AMI Interface Server , DCP Server and
AD Server include model RH2288 V2,they are the same except soft ware,and the test was considerded
on Server/RH2288 V2.
The RH2288 V2 is a new generation of the rack server designed for internet, enterprise and
telecommunication customers to meet the requirements of low power consumption, high performance,
and easy management. The RH2288 V2 is a storage system, consist of AC/DC power supply, one
motherboard, and 8 / 14 / 26 swappable hard disks
The Tecal RH2288 V2, Tecal RH2285 V2,Tecal RH1288 V2, RH2288A V2,RH1288A V2 are similar
in function,but different in model number,capacity , number of hard disk and main board.
Tecal RH2288 V2, RH2288 V2,Tecal RH2288H V2, RH2288H V2,TH22H-02, H22H-02H are the
same except model name.
Tecal RH2285 V2, Tecal RH2285H V2, RH2285 V2,RH2285H V2,H22L-02H, H22L-02, Tecal
RH2268H V2, Tecal RH2268 V2,Tecal RH2265 V2, Tecal RH2265H V2 are the same except model
name.
Tecal RH1288 V2, RH1288 V2,H12H-02,Tecal RH1268 V2 are the same except model name.
L2800 and RH1288 V2 are the same except soft ware, and the test was considerded on
Server/RH1288 V2.
1. The EUT is intended to be operated at altitude 3000 m above sea level.

2. Maximum operation ambient temperature is 35 ℃.
3. For AC model: Basic insulation is provided between input circuit and PE.
4. For DC model: Functional insulation must be provided to isolate PE (enclosure) from TNV-2 circuit.
5. The EUT can be powered by two (1+1 back-up) power supply units or must use two power supply
units.
6. In this report HVDC identify with 240 VDC and DC identify with -48V- -60 VDC.
Difference table
Difference RH2288 V2 RH2288A V2 RH1288 V2 RH1288A V2 RH2285 V2
Main board BC11SRSB BC11SRSI BC11SRSH BC11SRSK BC11SRSC
Enclosure 2U 2U 1U 1U 2U
Optional PCIE card list.

Manufacturer Model Description Power
(max.)
Intel E1G42ET Dual Port Copper Gigabit Ethernet PCI 2.9 W
Express Server Adapter
Intel E10G42BTDA Dual Port 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI Express 10 W
Server Adapter
Intel E1G44HT Quad Port Copper Gigabit Ethernet PCI 4.3 W
Intel E10G42BFSR Dual Port Fiber 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI 10 W
Silicom EG2I576 Dual Port Copper Gigabit Ethernet PCI 3.6 W

Silicom E10G2I599-XR Dual Port 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI Express 4.68 W

Server Adapter
Silicom EG4I580L Quad Port Copper Gigabit Ethernet PCI 4.3 W
Silicom E10G2FI599-SR Dual Port Fiber 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI 5.88 W
Qlogic QLE2562 DualPort FC HBA Card, Fiber Channel 6.2 W
Multimode LC Optic Interface
Qlogic QLE2560 Single Port FC HBA Card,Fiber Channel 5.5 W
Emulex LPE12002-AP DualPort FC HBA Card, Fiber Channel 5.5 W
Emulex LPE12000-AP Single Port FC HBA Card, Fiber Channel 6.9 W
Intel E1G44HF Quad port Fiber Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express 4.3W
Server Adapter
Silicom EG4FI571 Quad port Fiber Gigabit Ethernet PCI-Express 4.68W
Server Adapter
Emulex Oce11102-FM FCoE Card,Dual-channel, 10GBASE-SR 9.4W
HUAWEI iNIC EN3222e 2x10GE SFP+ port, standard half-high PCIE 16W
card,EN3222e
HUAWEI iNIC EN1042e 4*GE port, standard half-high PCIE 13W
card,EN1042e
NVIDIA Quadro 2000 GPU Card-NVIDIA Quadro 2000-CUDA 65W
Cores:192
NVIDIA Quadro 4000 GPU Card-NVIDIA Quadro 2000-CUDA 130W
NVIDIA Tesla M2090 GPU Card-Nvidia Tesla M2090 225W
NVIDIA TESLA K20C GPU Card-Nvidia TESLA K20C 225W
HUAWEI Tecal ES3000 PCIE SSD card 60W
HUAWEI CN21ITGB Intel I350 2*GE Half-height Half-length ,Full 4.3W
Handle bars,Ethernet Card,PCIE 2.0 X4-
Vendor ID 8086-Device ID 1521-2
HUAWEI CN21ITGC Intel I350 4*GE Half-height Half-length ,Full 4.5W
Handle bars,Ethernet Card,PCIE 2.0 X4-
Vendor ID 8086-Device ID 1521-4
NVIDIA NVS 315 Video Card,GPU Card,NVS 315/ 1GB DDR3/ 19.5W
14GB/s bandwidth-PCIE 2.0 X16-10DE-
107C|0E08-2-19.5W-Active Cooling-with config
sheet
NVIDIA Quadro K2000 Video Card,GPU-Quadro K2000,2GB Memory/ 51.1W
64GB/s Bandwidth/ PCIE 2.0 X16-10DE-
0DD80BE9-2,51.1W/
SingleSlot/ActiveCoolling,Chinese and English
doc,Configuration sheet, EnterpriseComputing
Used
Unless otherwise noted in the report, the functional boards installed in the units shall be selected from
the below list, but not means all the functional boards listed below shall be installed in one unit.
Board full Hardware Board brief
Description Interfaces
Name Version Name

For Tecal RH2288 V2

BC11LCIA Ver.C Left Customer Interface LCIA --
BC11RCIA Ver.A Right Customer Interface RCIA --
BC11VGAA Ver.A Front VGA Board VGAA VGA,
SELV circuit
BC11EHBA Ver.B 8HDD BACKPLANE EHBA --
BC11SRSB Ver.B Tecal RH2285 R2 EP SRSB USB, LPS circuit
Server Board FE, GE, VGA,
COM all SELV circuit
BC11SRSG Ver.A Tecal RH2288 R2 EP SRSG USB, LPS circuit
Server Board FE, GE, VGA,
BC11THBA Ver.B 12HDD backplane THBA --
BC11EHBA VER.B 8HDD internal backplane BC11EHBA --
BC11THBB VER.B 12HDD direct backplane BC11THBB --
BC11THBD VER.A 24HDD direct backplane BC11THBD --
BC11PERA Ver.A PCIE Riser PERA --
BC11PERD VER.A PCIE 8X Riser PERD --
BC11PERE VER.A PCIE Riser PERE --
BC11ESMC Ver.A 2308 RAID Card ESMD --
BC11ESMD Ver.A 2208 RAID Card ESMC --
BC11IHBA Ver.B 2HDD internal backplan IHBA --
CN21I2TA Ver.A Standard half-high PCIE -- 10GE SFP
card Class 1 laser
CN21I4GA Ver.A Standard half-high PCIE -- 4*GE port
card SELV circuit
BC01TPMA Ver.A TPM card TPMA --
BC11THBC Ver.A 24HDD backplane THBC --
BC11FGEB VER.B 2*GE Interface Card FGEB --
BC11FGEA VER.A 4*GE Interface Card FGEA --
2*10GE
BC11FXEB VER.A 2*10GE Net Card FXEB
Class 1 laser
BC11FGED Ver.A 2*10G BASET Interface FGED 2*10GE
Card Class 1 laser
BC11ESMP Ver.A PM8060 RAID card ESMP --
For Tecal RH1288 V2
BC11SRSH VER.B Tecal RH1288 V2 EP Main SRSH USB, LPS circuit
Board FE, GE, VGA,
BC11FHBA VER.A 4HDD backplane FHBA --
BC11EHBB VER.A 8HDD backplane EHBB --
BC11FCIA VER.A Customer Interface FCIA --

BC11PERB VER.A PCIE 8XRiser PERB --

BC11PERC VER.B PCIE 16X Riser PERC --
BC11FXEB VER.A 2*10GE Net Card FXEB --
BC11ESMC Ver.A 2308 Raid card ESMC --
BC11ESMD Ver.A 2208 Raid card ESMD --
BC11ESMG Ver.A 2208 Raid card ESMG --
BC11ESMJ Ver.A 2208 Raid card ESMJ --
For Tecal RH2285 V2
BC11VGAA Ver.A Front VGA Board VGAA VGA, SELV circuit
BC11SRSF Ver.B Tecal RH2285 EN Main SRSF USB,LPS circuit
Board FE, VGA,COM
all SELV circuit
BC11SRSC VER.B Tecal RH2285 EN Main SRSC USB, LPS circuit
Board FE, GE, VGA,
BC11IHBA Ver.B 2HDD internal backplane IHBA --
card Class 1 laser
card SELV circuit
BC01TPMA Ver.A TPM card TPMA --
BC11THBB VER.B 12HDD direct backplane THBB --
BC11THBD VER.A 24HDD direct backplane THBD --
2*10GE
BC11FXEB VER.A 2*10GE Net Card FXEB
Class 1 laser
BC11FGED Ver.A 2*10G BASET Interface FGED 2*10GE
Card Class 1 laser


For RH2288A V2
BC11VGAA Ver.A Front VGA Board VGAA VGA, SELV circuit
SRSI USB,LPS circuit
Tecal RH2288A V2 EP Main
BC11SRSI VER.A VGA,GE,COM
Board
all SELV circuit
BC11EHBA VER.B 8HDD internal backplane BC11EHBA --
BC11THBB VER.B 12HDD direct backplane BC11THBB --
BC11THBD VER.A 24HDD direct backplane BC11THBD --
BC11IHBA Ver.B 2HDD internal backplan IHBA --
card Class 1 laser
card SELV circuit
BC11PSBC Ver.A Power board PSBC --
For RH1288A V2
BC11SRSK VER.B Tecal RH1288 V2 EP Main SRSK USB:LPS circuit
Board GE, VGA,
COM: all SELV circuit
BC11FHBA VER.A 4HDD backplane FHBA --
BC11EHBB VER.A 8HDD backplane EHBB --
BC11FCIA VER.A Customer Interface FCIA --
BC11PERB VER.A PCIE 8XRiser PERB --
BC11PERC VER.B PCIE 16X Riser PERC --
BC11FXEB VER.A 2*10GE Net Card FXEB --
BC11ESMC Ver.A 2308 Raid card ESMC --

BC11ESMD Ver.A 2208 Raid card ESMD --

Tested Configuration for Tecal RH2288 V2
Configuration 1 (8 swappable hard disks for AC or DC input used BC11SRSB or BC11SRSG)
Remark:
1) All the tests were conducted on configuration 2 and configuration 3 for more severe conditions and

considered to be representative of configuration 1.

2) Added new configuration used 1.5U Memory (high Memory). Tested No. SYBH (A) 00953864.
Configuration 4 (8 swappable hard disks for AC or DC input used BC11SRSH)
Configuration 5 (4 swappable hard disks for AC or DC input used BC11SRSH)

Remark :
1. Configuration 4/5 including low-power configuration and high-power configuration;
2.All the tests were conducted on configuration 4 and configuration 5 for more severe
conditions and considered to be representative of configuration 4.
Configuration6/7(26 swappable hard disks for AC or DC input）

Remark:
1. Configuration6 specified with low power consumption CPU that less than 120W
2. Configuration7 specified with high power consumption CPU that not less than 120W

Tested Configuration for Tecal RH2285 V2:
Configuration 1 (8 swappable hard disks for AC or DC input used BC11SRSC or BC11SRSF)
Remark : All the tests were conducted on configuration 2 and configuration 3 for more severe
conditions and considered to be representative of configuration 1.

Configuration4/5（26 swappable hard disks for AC or DC input）

Remark:
1. Configuration4 specified with low power consumption CPU that less than 120W
2. Configuration5 specified with high power consumption CPU that not less than 120W
Tested Configuration for Tecal RH2288A V2:
Configuration1(24 swappable hard disks )

Tested Configuration for RH1288A V2:
Configuration 1 (8 swappable hard disks with main board BC11SRSK)
Configuration 2 (4 swappable hard disks with main board BC11SRSK)
Abbreviations used in the report:
- normal conditions N.C. - single fault conditions S.F.C

- functional insulation OP - basic insulation BI
- double insulation DI - supplementary insulation SI
- between parts of opposite
polarity BOP - reinforced insulation RI
Indicate used abbreviations (if any)
Attachments:
Attachment 1: European Group Differences and National Differences according to EN 60950-1/
A11:2009/A1:2010/A12:2011/A2:2013. (19 pages)
Attachment 2: National and Group Differences for IEC 60950-1 2nd Ed. +A1:2009 + A2:2013 as per CB
Bulletin (56 pages)
Attachment 3: system block diagram (2 pages)
Attachment 4: photo documentation (47 pages)

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
Clause Requirement + Test Result - Remark Verdict
1 GENERAL P
1.5 Components P
1.5.1 General Critical components are P
approved
Comply with IEC 60950-1 or relevant component (see appended table 1.5.1) P
standard
1.5.2 Evaluation and testing of components Certified components are used in P
accordance with their ratings,
certifications and they comply
with applicable parts of this
standard.
1.5.3 Thermal controls No thermal controls. N/A
1.5.4 Transformers Parts of approved power supply P
system, the transformer on the
boards are all signal transformer
1.5.5 Interconnecting cables No interconnecting cables. N/A
1.5.6 Capacitors bridging insulation Parts of approved power supply P
unit.
1.5.7 Resistors bridging insulation N/A
1.5.7.1 Resistors bridging functional, basic or No such components bridging N/A
supplementary insulation functional, basic or
supplementary insulation
1.5.7.2 Resistors bridging double or reinforced insulation No such components bridging N/A
between a.c. mains and other circuits functional, basic or
supplementary insulation
1.5.7.3 Resistors bridging double or reinforced insulation No such components N/A
between a.c. mains and antenna or coaxial cable
1.5.8 Components in equipment for IT power systems Not intended for IT power N/A
system
1.5.9 Surge suppressors No such component N/A
1.5.9.1 General N/A
1.5.9.2 Protection of VDRs N/A
1.5.9.3 Bridging of functional insulation by a VDR N/A
1.5.9.4 Bridging of basic insulation by a VDR N/A
1.5.9.5 Bridging of supplementary, double or reinforced N/A
insulation by a VDR
1.6 Power interface P

1.6.1 AC power distribution systems TN/TT power system P
1.6.2 Input current (see appended table 1.6.2) P
1.6.3 Voltage limit of hand-held equipment The equipment is not hand-held. N/A

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
1.6.4 Neutral conductor Neutral is insulated from earth P

with basic insulation throughout
the equipment.
1.7 Marking and instructions P

1.7.1 Power rating and identification markings The required marking is located P
on the outside surface of the
equipment.
1.7.1.1 Power rating marking P
Multiple mains supply connections......................: Each individual mains supply P
electrical ratings are marked
Rated voltage(s) or voltage range(s) (V) ............... :See page 4 P
Symbol for nature of supply, for d.c. only ............... : P
Rated frequency or rated frequency range (Hz) .... :50/60 Hz P
Rated current (mA or A) ........................................ :See page 4 P
1.7.1.2 Identification markings P
Manufacturer’s name or trade-mark or HUAWEI P
identification mark ................................................. :
Model identification or type reference ................... :See Test item description P
Symbol for Class II equipment only ....................... :The equipment is Class I N/A
Other markings and symbols ............................... : The additional marking does not P
give rise to misunderstandings.
1.7.1.3 Use of graphical symbols N/A
1.7.2 Safety instructions and marking P
1.7.2.1 General P
1.7.2.2 Disconnect devices For AC and HVDC input: P
Disconnect device incorporated in
the equipment, and appliance
coupler as disconnected device.
For DC input:
The installation instruction
contains a necessary
statement:This product relies on
building’s installation for
disconnect device.
1.7.2.3 Overcurrent protective device Integated in Parts of approved P
power supply unit
1.7.2.4 IT power distribution systems N/A
1.7.2.5 Operator access with a tool All areas containing hazard(s) are P
inaccessible to the operator.
1.7.2.6 Ozone The equipment does not N/A
generate Ozone
1.7.3 Short duty cycles The equipment is intended for N/A

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
continuous operation.
1.7.4 Supply voltage adjustment ................................... : No voltage selector. N/A
Methods and means of adjustment; reference to N/A
installation instructions ......................................... :
1.7.5 Power outlets on the equipment ........................... : No such component. N/A
1.7.6 Fuse identification (marking, special fusing Fuse identifications are shown P
characteristics, cross-reference) .......................... : on the PCB adjacent to the fuse.
1.7.7 Wiring terminals P
1.7.7.1 Protective earthing and bonding terminals ........... : Appliance inlet, Terminal for P
connection of protective earthing
conductor is marked with
standard earth symbol (IEC
60417-2 No. 5019) near the
terminal.
1.7.7.2 Terminals for a.c. mains supply conductors Appliance inlet provided P
1.7.7.3 Terminals for d.c. mains supply conductors The terminal is marked according P
to clause 1.7.7.1, in addition to
polarity marking.
1.7.8 Controls and indicators Refer below: P
1.7.8.1 Identification, location and marking ...................... : The function of controls affecting P
safety is obvious without
knowledge of language etc.
1.7.8.2 Colours ................................................................ : For functional indication a LED P
lights when the equipment is
operating.
1.7.8.3 Symbols according to IEC 60417 ......................... : There are no switches in the N/A
equipment.
1.7.8.4 Markings using figures ....................................... : No controls. N/A
1.7.9 Isolation of multiple power sources ..................... : Each supply connections are P
adequately marked.
1.7.10 Thermostats and other regulating devices .......... : No thermostats or other N/A
regulating devices.
1.7.11 Durability The marking withstands required P
tests.
1.7.12 Removable parts No removable parts. N/A
1.7.13 Replaceable batteries .......................................... : The battery is not placed in an P
Operator access area. The
required warning is in the service
manual.
Language(s) ........................................................ : English. 
1.7.14 Equipment for restricted access locations ............ : Equipment not intended for N/A
installation in RAL.
2 PROTECTION FROM HAZARDS P

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
2.1 Protection from electric shock and energy hazards P

2.1.1 Protection in operator access areas Refer below: P
2.1.1.1 Access to energized parts There is adequate protection P
against operator contact with
bare parts at ELV or hazardous
voltage or parts separated from
these with basic or functional
insulation only (except protective
earth), also after operator
detachable parts are removed
and doors and covers are
opened. No hazardous voltages
exceeding 1000V a.c. or 1500V
d.c. Checked by test finger, test
probe and test pin.
Test by inspection ................................................. :No access to hazardous parts P
Test with test finger (Figure 2A) ............................ :No access to hazardous parts P
Test with test pin (Figure 2B) ................................ :No access to hazardous parts. P
Test with test probe (Figure 2C) ............................ :No access to hazardous parts. N/A
2.1.1.2 Battery compartments No battery compartment in the N/A
equipment.
2.1.1.3 Access to ELV wiring No internal wiring at ELV N/A
accessible to the operator.
Working voltage (Vpeak or Vrms); minimum (see appended table 2.10.5) 
distance through insulation (mm)
2.1.1.4 Access to hazardous voltage circuit wiring N/A
2.1.1.5 Energy hazards ..................................................... :No energy hazard in operator P
access area. Checked by means
of the test finger.
2.1.1.6 Manual controls No such manual controls. N/A
2.1.1.7 Discharge of capacitors in equipment The capacitance of the input P
circuit is > 0,1µF. The
measurements were performed
in worst case condition with
regard to the fuse and mains
switch.
Measured voltage (V); time-constant (s) ................ :Max.24V after 1s 
2.1.1.8 Energy hazards – d.c. mains supply No energy hazard in operator P
access area.
a) Capacitor connected to the d.c. mains supply .. :The measured stores energy “E” P
is less than 20J
b) Internal battery connected to the d.c. mains N/A
supply .................................................................... :
2.1.1.9 Audio amplifiers ..................................................... :No such component N/A
2.1.2 Protection in service access areas Checked by inspection, P

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
unintentional contact is unlikely

during service operations.
2.1.3 Protection in restricted access locations Equipment not intended for N/A
installation in RAL.
2.2 SELV circuits P

2.2.1 General requirements SELV limits are not exceeded P
under normal condition and after
a single fault.
2.2.2 Voltages under normal conditions (V) ................... :Within SELV limits. P
2.2.3 Voltages under fault conditions (V) ....................... :Within SELV limits. P
2.2.4 Connection of SELV circuits to other circuits ...... : SELV circuits are only connected P
to other SELV circuits and
protective earth.
2.3 TNV circuits P

2.3.1 Limits Refer below: P
Type of TNV circuits ............................................... :TNV-2 circuits: DC input 
2.3.2 Separation from other circuits and from P
accessible parts
2.3.2.1 General requirements P
2.3.2.2 Protection by basic insulation Evaluated by approved power P
supply
2.3.2.3 Protection by earthing N/A
2.3.2.4 Protection by other constructions .......................... : N/A
2.3.3 Separation from hazardous voltages Product without hazardous N/A
voltage.
Insulation employed ............................................... :See above 
2.3.4 Connection of TNV circuits to other circuits Double or reinforced insulation. P
Insulation employed ............................................... : 
2.3.5 Test for operating voltages generated externally TNV-2 circuit is not receiving N/A
signals or power that is
generated externally during
normal operation.
2.4 Limited current circuits N/A

2.4.1 General requirements No Limited current circuits in the N/A
equipment
2.4.2 Limit values N/A
Frequency (Hz) ....................................................... : 
Measured current (mA) .......................................... : 

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
Measured voltage (V) ............................................. : 

Measured circuit capacitance (nF or µF)................ : 
2.4.3 Connection of limited current circuits to other N/A
circuits
2.5 Limited power sources P

a) Inherently limited output N/A
b) Impedance limited output P
c) Regulating network limited output under normal N/A
operating and single fault condition
d) Overcurrent protective device limited output N/A
Max. output voltage (V), max. output current (A), Output voltage: 5.01 V 
max. apparent power (VA) ..................................... :Output current: 1.8 A
Apparent power: 2.58 VA
Current rating of overcurrent protective device 
(A) .:
Use of integrated circuit (IC) current limiters -
2.6 Provisions for earthing and bonding P

2.6.1 Protective earthing Accessible conductive parts are P
reliably connected to protective
earth.
2.6.2 Functional earthing Functional earthing is separated P
from hazardous voltages by
reinforced insulation.
2.6.3 Protective earthing and protective bonding Refer below: P
conductors
2.6.3.1 General Refer below: P
2.6.3.2 Size of protective earthing conductors Power supply cord not provided N/A
with the equipment.
2
Rated current (A), cross-sectional area (mm ), For AC and HVDC model, Rated 
AWG ....................................................................... :current Max.9A,cross-sectional
2
area Min.16AWG(1 mm )
For DC model, Rated current
Max.26A,cross-sectional area
2
Min.10AWG(4 mm )
2.6.3.3 Size of protective bonding conductors P
2
Rated current (A), cross-sectional area (mm ), For AC and HVDC model, Rated 
AWG ....................................................................... :current Max.9A,cross-sectional
2
area Min.16AWG(1 mm )
Max.26A,cross-sectional area
2
Min.10AWG(4 mm )

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
Protective current rating (A), cross-sectional For AC and HVDC model,

2
area (mm ), AWG ................................................... :Protective current rating
20A,cross-sectional area
2
Min.12AWG(2.5mm )
Max.26A, Protective current
rating 32A,cross-sectional area
2
Min.10AWG(4 mm )
2.6.3.4 Resistance of earthing conductors and their Drop 1.34 V measured with 64 A P
terminations; resistance (), voltage drop (V), test current for 240 seconds.
test current (A), duration (min) ............................... :
2.6.3.5 Colour of insulation ................................................. :All insulated protective earth P
conductors are coloured green
and yellow.
2.6.4 Terminals Refer below: P
2.6.4.1 General Refer below: P
2.6.4.2 Protective earthing and bonding terminals Parts of approved power supply P
unit..
Rated current (A), type, nominal thread diameter Parts of approved power supply 
(mm) ....................................................................... :unit..
2.6.4.3 Separation of the protective earthing conductor For AC model: The equipment is P
from protective bonding conductors provided with an appliance inlet.
For DC model: Permanently
connected equipment with a
non-detachable power supply
cord.
2.6.5 Integrity of protective earthing Refer below: P
2.6.5.1 Interconnection of equipment No interconnection of N/A
equipment.
2.6.5.2 Components in protective earthing conductors There are no switches or P
and protective bonding conductors overcurrent protective devices in
the protective earthing / bonding
conductors.
2.6.5.3 Disconnection of protective earth It is not possible to disconnect P
protective earth without
disconnecting mains; an
appliance coupler is used as
disconnect device.
2.6.5.4 Parts that can be removed by an operator No operator removable parts P
with protective earth connection
except supply cord.
2.6.5.5 Parts removed during servicing Protective earthed parts cannot P
be removed in a way which
impairs safety.
2.6.5.6 Corrosion resistance No risk of corrosion P
2.6.5.7 Screws for protective bonding No screws used. N/A

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
2.6.5.8 Reliance on telecommunication network or cable No connection to N/A

distribution system telecommunication network or
cable distribution system
2.7 Overcurrent and earth fault protection in primary circuits P

2.7.1 Basic requirements Parts of approved power supply P
unit.
Instructions when protection relies on building N/A
installation
2.7.2 Faults not simulated in 5.3.7 N/A
2.7.3 Short-circuit backup protection Adequate protective device. P
2.7.4 Number and location of protective devices ...........:Parts of approved power supply P
unit.
2.7.5 Protection by several devices N/A
2.7.6 Warning to service personnel .................................: N/A
2.8 Safety interlocks N/A

2.8.1 General principles No such device. N/A
2.8.2 Protection requirements N/A
2.8.3 Inadvertent reactivation N/A
2.8.4 Fail-safe operation N/A
Protection against extreme hazard N/A
2.8.5 Moving parts N/A
2.8.6 Overriding N/A
2.8.7 Switches, relays and their related circuits N/A
2.8.7.1 Separation distances for contact gaps and their N/A
related circuits (mm) ............................................. ::
2.8.7.2 Overload test N/A
2.8.7.3 Endurance test N/A
2.8.7.4 Electric strength test N/A
2.8.8 Mechanical actuators N/A
2.9 Electrical insulation P

2.9.1 Properties of insulating materials Natural rubber, materials P
containing asbestos and
hygroscopic materials are not
used as insulation. No driving
belts or couplings used.
2.9.2 Humidity conditioning Parts of the approved power P
supply unit.

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
Relative humidity (%), temperature (°C) ...............: 

2.9.3 Grade of insulation Insulation is considered to be P
functional, basic, supplementary,
reinforced or double insulation.
2.9.4 Separation from hazardous voltages P
Method(s) used .....................................................:c) and e) within approved power 
supply unit
2.10 Clearances, creepage distances and distances through insulation P

2.10.1 General Parts of the approved power P
supply unit.
2.10.1.1 Frequency .............................................................. :50/60Hz for AC N/A
2.10.1.2 Pollution degrees ................................................... :PD 2 N/A
2.10.1.3 Reduced values for functional insualtion N/A
2.10.1.4 Intervening unconnected conductive parts N/A
2.10.1.5 Insulation with varying dimensions N/A
2.10.1.6 Special separation requirements N/A
2.10.1.7 Insulation in circuits generating starting pulses N/A
2.10.2 Determination of working voltage N/A
2.10.2.1 General N/A
2.10.2.2 RMS working voltage N/A
2.10.2.3 Peak working voltage N/A
2.10.3 Clearances N/A
2.10.3.2 Mains transient voltages N/A
a) AC mains supply ............................................... : N/A
b) Earthed d.c. mains supplies .............................. : N/A
c) Unearthed d.c. mains supplies .......................... : N/A
d) Battery operation ............................................... : N/A
2.10.3.3 Clearances in primary circuits N/A
2.10.3.4 Clearances in secondary circuits N/A
2.10.3.5 Clearances in circuits having starting pulses N/A
2.10.3.6 Transients from a.c. mains supply ........................ : N/A
2.10.3.7 Transients from d.c. mains supply ........................ : N/A
2.10.3.8 Transients from telecommunication networks N/A
and cable distribution systems .............................. :
2.10.3.9 Measurement of transient voltage levels N/A
a) Transients from a mains suplply N/A

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
For an a.c. mains supply ....................................... : N/A

For a d.c. mains supply ......................................... : N/A
b) Transients from a telecommunication N/A
network :
2.10.4 Creepage distances N/A
2.10.4.2 Material group and caomparative tracking index N/A
CTI tests ................................................................. :Material group IIIb is assumed to 
be used
2.10.4.3 Minimum creepage distances N/A
2.10.5 Solid insulation N/A
2.10.5.2 Distances through insulation N/A
2.10.5.3 Insulating compound as solid insulation N/A
2.10.5.4 Semiconductor devices N/A
2.10.5.5. Cemented joints N/A
2.10.5.6 Thin sheet material – General N/A
2.10.5.7 Separable thin sheet material N/A
Number of layers (pcs) ........................................... : 
2.10.5.8 Non-separable thin sheet material N/A
2.10.5.9 Thin sheet material – standard test procedure N/A
Electric strength test 
2.10.5.10 Thin sheet material – alternative test procedure N/A
2.10.5.11 Insulation in wound components N/A
2.10.5.12 Wire in wound components N/A
Working voltage ..................................................... : N/A
a) Basic insulation not under stress ...................... : N/A
b) Basic, supplemetary, reinforced insulation ....... : N/A
c) Compliance with Annex U ................................. : N/A
Two wires in contact inside wound component; N/A
angle between 45 and 90 ................................... :
2.10.5.13 Wire with solvent-based enamel in wound N/A
components
Routine test N/A
2.10.5.14 Additional insulation in wound components N/A
Working voltage ..................................................... : N/A

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
- Basic insulation not under stress ........................ : N/A

- Supplemetary, reinforced insulation .................... : N/A
2.10.6 Construction of printed boards N/A
2.10.6.1 Uncoated printed boards N/A
2.10.6.2 Coated printed boards N/A
2.10.6.3 Insulation between conductors on the same N/A
inner surface of a printed board
2.10.6.4 Insulation between conductors on different N/A
layers of a printed board
Distance through insulation N/A
Number of insulation layers (pcs) ........................... : N/A
2.10.7 Component external terminations N/A
2.10.8 Tests on coated printed boards and coated N/A
components
2.10.8.1 Sample preparation and preliminary inspection N/A
2.10.8.2 Thermal conditioning N/A
2.10.8.3 Electric strength test N/A
2.10.8.4 Abrasion resistance test N/A
2.10.9 Thermal cycling N/A
2.10.10 Test for Pollution Degree 1 environment and N/A
insulating compound
2.10.11 Tests for semiconductor devices and cemented N/A
joints
2.10.12 Enclosed and sealed parts No hermetically sealed N/A
components.
3 WIRING, CONNECTIONS AND SUPPLY P

3.1 General P
3.1.1 Current rating and overcurrent protection The wiring is suitable for the P
current they are carrying when
the equipment is operated under
normal condition.
3.1.2 Protection against mechanical damage Wireways are smooth and free P
from edges. Wires are
adequately fixed to prevent
excessive strain on wire and
terminals and avoiding damage
to the insulation of the
conductors.
3.1.3 Securing of internal wiring Internal wiring is secured against P
excessive strain, loosening of
terminals and damage to the
conductor insulation.

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
3.1.4 Insulation of conductors Insulation on internal conductors P

is considered to be of adequate
quality and suitable for the
application and the working
voltage involved.
3.1.5 Beads and ceramic insulators No beads or similar ceramic N/A
insulators on conductors.
3.1.6 Screws for electrical contact pressure No screws made of insulation P
material. Screws for earthing
connection engage at least two
complete threads into metal
plate.
3.1.7 Insulating materials in electrical connections No contact pressure through N/A
insulating material.
3.1.8 Self-tapping and spaced thread screws N/A
3.1.9 Termination of conductors All terminations of conductors P
are reliable secured.
10 N pull test P
3.1.10 Sleeving on wiring N/A
3.2 Connection to a mains supply P

3.2.1 Means of connection Refer below: P
3.2.1.1 Connection to an a.c. mains supply For AC input: P
An appliance coupler for
connection of a detachable
power supply cord.
3.2.1.2 Connection to a d.c. mains supply For DC input: P
Product provide with terminals
for permanent connection to the
supply
For HVDC input:
An appliance coupler for
connection of a detachable
power supply cord.
3.2.2 Multiple supply connections There have several supply P
connection with the same circuit
type.
3.2.3 Permanently connected equipment Provided with a set of terminals. P
Number of conductors, diameter of cable and Product provides with a set of 
conduits (mm) ........................................................: terminals as specified in 3.3
3.2.4 Appliance inlets The appliance coupler complies P
with IEC 60320 and is properly
placed to avoid hazards after
insertion of the appliance
coupler.

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
3.2.5 Power supply cords N/A

3.2.5.1 AC power supply cords Power supply cord is not N/A
provided with the equipment
Type .......................................................................: 
2
Rated current (A), cross-sectional area (mm ), Rated current max.:9 A, cross- 
2
AWG ......................................................................: sectional area:1.0 mm .
3.2.5.2 DC power supply cords Power supply cord is not N/A
provided with the equipment
3.2.6 Cord anchorages and strain relief N/A
Mass of equipment (kg), pull (N) ..........................: 
Longitudinal displacement (mm) ...........................: 
3.2.7 Protection against mechanical damage N/A
3.2.8 Cord guards N/A
Diameter or minor dimension D (mm); test mass 
(g) ..........................................................................:
Radius of curvature of cord (mm) ...........................: 
3.2.9 Supply wiring space N/A
3.3 Wiring terminals for connection of external conductors P

3.3.1 Wiring terminals For DC input:Wiring terminals P
provided by approved power
supply
3.3.2 Connection of non-detachable power supply Adequate connection, checked P
cords by inspection.
3.3.3 Screw terminals The screws and nuts have P
appropriate thread.
The screws and nuts would not
serve to fix any other
component.
3.3.4 Conductor sizes to be connected Power supply cord is not part of N/A
equipment.
Rated current (A), cord/cable type, cross- 
2
sectional area (mm ) ..............................................:
3.3.5 Wiring terminal sizes Parts of the approved power P
supply unit.
Rated current (A), type, nominal thread diameter For DC input:Rated current 
(mm) ......................................................................: 26A,Screw :4.0 mm
3.3.6 Wiring terminal design N/A
3.3.7 Grouping of wiring terminals N/A
3.3.8 Stranded wire N/A
3.4 Disconnection from the mains supply P
3.4.1 General requirement P

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
3.4.2 Disconnect devices For AC and HVDC input: P

Disconnect device incorporated in
the equipment, and appliance
coupler as disconnected device.
For DC input:
disconnect device.
3.4.3 Permanently connected equipment For DC input: P
disconnect device.
3.4.4 Parts which remain energized No parts remain energized after P
the disconnect device is
switched off.
3.4.5 Switches in flexible cords N/A
3.4.6 Number of poles - single-phase and d.c. The disconnect device P
equipment disconnects both poles
simultaneously.
3.4.7 Number of poles - three-phase equipment N/A
3.4.8 Switches as disconnect devices No such component in the N/A
equipment.
3.4.9 Plugs as disconnect devices For AC input: P
Disconnect device incorporated
in the equipment, and appliance
coupler as disconnected device
3.4.10 Interconnected equipment No interconnections using N/A
hazardous voltages.
3.4.11 Multiple power sources Multi power supply unit lable P
used
3.5 Interconnection of equipment P

3.5.1 General requirements P
3.5.2 Types of interconnection circuits ...........................:SELV to SELV P
TNV-2 to TNV-2
3.5.3 ELV circuits as interconnection circuits No ELV. N/A
3.5.4 Data ports for additional equipment No such ports in the equipment. N/A
4 PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS P
4.1 Stability P

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
Angle of 10 Unit does not overbalance at P

10°.
Test force (N) ........................................................ : N/A
4.2 Mechanical strength P

4.2.1 General Complies with the requirement P
also after tests described below
are applied.
4.2.2 Steady force test, 10 N No hazard P
4.2.3 Steady force test, 30 N No deformation of the internal N/A
enclosure .
4.2.4 Steady force test, 250 N No hazard. P
4.2.5 Impact test Refer below: P
Fall test No hazard as result from the P
steel sphere fall test.
Swing test No hazard as result from the P
steel sphere swing test.
4.2.6 Drop test; height (mm) ........................................... :Drop test not applicable. N/A
4.2.7 Stress relief test No such plastic parts N/A
4.2.8 Cathode ray tubes CRT(s) not used in the N/A
equipment.
Picture tube separately certified ............................ : N/A
4.2.9 High pressure lamps No high pressure lamps in the N/A
equipment
4.2.10 Wall or ceiling mounted equipment; force (N) ....... : Not intended to be mounted on N/A
a wall or ceiling.
4.2.11 Rotating solid media No such device. N/A
Test to cover on the door………………………: N/A
4.3 Design and construction P

4.3.1 Edges and corners All edges and corners are P
rounded and/or smoothed.
4.3.2 Handles and manual controls; force (N) ............. : N/A
4.3.3 Adjustable controls No hazardous adjustable N/A
controls.
4.3.4 Securing of parts No loosening of parts impairing P
creepage distances or
clearances is likely to occur.
4.3.5 Connection by plugs and sockets SELV and TNV connectors do P
not comply with IEC 60320 or
IEC 60083.

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
4.3.6 Direct plug-in equipment Not Direct plug-in equipment N/A

Torque .................................................................. : 
Compliance with the relevant mains plug N/A
standard ................................................................ :
4.3.7 Heating elements in earthed equipment No heating elements provided. N/A
4.3.8 Batteries P
- Overcharging of a rechargeable battery N/A
- Unintentional charging of a non-rechargeable P
battery
- Reverse charging of a rechargeable battery N/A
- Excessive discharging rate for any battery N/A
4.3.9 Oil and grease N/A
4.3.10 Dust, powders, liquids and gases N/A
4.3.11 Containers for liquids or gases No containers for liquids or N/A
gases in the equipment.
4.3.12 Flammable liquids ................................................ : N/A
Quantity of liquid (l) .............................................. : N/A
Flash point (C) .................................................... : N/A
4.3.13 Radiation P
4.3.13.1 General P
4.3.13.2 Ionizing radiation N/A
Measured radiation (pA/kg) .................................. : 
Measured high-voltage (kV) ................................. : 
Measured focus voltage (kV) ................................ : 
CRT markings ...................................................... : 
4.3.13.3 Effect of ultraviolet (UV) radiation on materials The equipment does not produce N/A
significant UV radiation.
Part, property, retention after test, flammability N/A
classification ......................................................... :
4.3.13.4 Human exposure to ultraviolet (UV) radiation ...... : N/A
4.3.13.5 Lasers (including laser diodes) and LEDs (see separate test report of P
IEC/EN 60825-1 /
IEC/EN 60825-2)
4.3.13.5. Lasers (including laser laser diodes) P
1
Laser class ........................................................... : Class 1 
4.3.13.5. Light emitting diodes (LEDs) Only indicating LED used. N/A
2
4.3.13.6 Other types ........................................................... : The equipment does not N/A
generate other types of radiation.

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
4.4 Protection against hazardous moving parts P

4.4.1 General Adequate protection against risk P
of personal injury.
4.4.2 Protection in operator access areas ..................... : No operator access areas N/A
Household and home/office document/media N/A
shredders
4.4.3 Protection in restricted access locations .............. : No hazardous moving parts can P
be accessed.
4.4.4 Protection in service access areas Unintentional contact is not likely P
in service access areas.
4.4.5 Protection against moving fan blades P
4.4.5.1 General P
Not considered to cause pain or injury. N/A
a)………….:
Is considered to cause pain, not injury. N/A
b) …………:
Considered to cause injury. P
c) …………:
4.4.5.2 Protection for users Moving fan is not located in an N/A
operator access area.
Use of symbol or warning ………………………: N/A
4.4.5.3 Protection for service persons P
Use of symbol or warning ………………………: Warning label is used near the P
fan box.
4.5 Thermal requirements P

4.5.1 General P
4.5.2 Temperature tests (see appended table 4.5) P
Normal load condition per Annex L ...................... : 
4.5.3 Temperature limits for materials (see appended table 4.5) P
4.5.4 Touch temperature limits (see appended table 4.5) P
4.5.5 Resistance to abnormal heat ................................ : N/A
4.6 Openings in enclosures P

4.6.1 Top and side openings Openings in top ,side are < 5mm P
(including diagonal) in any
dimension.
Dimensions (mm) ................................................. : 
4.6.2 Bottoms of fire enclosures Fire enclosure construction is P
considered to comply with the
requirements. No bottom

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
openings.
Construction of the bottomm, dimensions (mm) .. : 
4.6.3 Doors or covers in fire enclosures P
4.6.4 Openings in transportable equipment The unit is not regarded as N/A
transportable equipment.
4.6.4.1 Constructional design measures N/A
Dimensions (mm) ................................................. : 
4.6.4.2 Evaluation measures for larger openings N/A
4.6.4.3 Use of metallized parts N/A
4.6.5 Adhesives for constructional purposes N/A
Conditioning temperature (C), time (weeks) ........ : C / week(s). 
4.7 Resistance to fire P

4.7.1 Reducing the risk of ignition and spread of flame Method 1 is used. P
Method 1, selection and application of (see appended table 4.7) P
components wiring and materials
Method 2, application of all of simulated fault N/A
condition tests
4.7.2 Conditions for a fire enclosure P
4.7.2.1 Parts requiring a fire enclosure The following parts require a fire P
enclosure:
-components in primary circuit
-components in secondary
circuits supplied by power
source which exceed the limits
specified in 2.5.
4.7.2.2 Parts not requiring a fire enclosure N/A
4.7.3 Materials P
4.7.3.1 General Components and materials have P
adequate flammability
classification. See appended
table 1.5.1.
4.7.3.2 Materials for fire enclosures The fire enclosure is of metal. P
4.7.3.3 Materials for components and other parts No parts outside the fire N/A
outside fire enclosures enclosure.
4.7.3.4 Materials for components and other parts inside Other materials inside fire P
fire enclosures enclosure are minimum V-2
material.
4.7.3.5 Materials for air filter assemblies No air filters in the equipment. N/A
4.7.3.6 Materials used in high-voltage components No parts exceeding 4kV. N/A

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
5 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND SIMULATED ABNORMAL CONDITIONS P

5.1 Touch current and protective conductor current P
5.1.1 General Test conducted in accordance P
with 5.1.2 to 5.1.7.
5.1.2 Configuration of equipment under test (EUT) P
5.1.2.1 Single connection to an a.c. mains supply N/A
5.1.2.2 Redundant multiple connections to an a.c. mains N/A
supply
5.1.2.3 Simultaneous multiple connections to an a.c. P
mains supply
5.1.3 Test circuit Figure 5A P
5.1.4 Application of measuring instrument Measuring instrument D1 is P
used.
5.1.5 Test procedure P
5.1.6 Test measurements P
Supply voltage (V) ................................................ : 264V a.c, 60 Hz 
Measured touch current (mA) ............................... : Max.2.3mA 
Max. allowed touch current (mA) ......................... : 3.5mA 
Measured protective conductor current (mA) ....... : 
Max. allowed protective conductor current (mA) ... : 
5.1.7 Equipment with touch current exceeding 3,5 mA N/A
5.1.7.1 General ................................................................. : N/A
5.1.7.2 Simultaneous multiple connections to the supply N/A
5.1.8 Touch currents to telecommunication networks Not connected to a N/A
and cable distribution systems and from telecommunication network or a
telecommunication networks cable distribution system
5.1.8.1 Limitation of the touch current to a N/A
telecommunication network or to a cable
distribution system
Supply voltage (V) ................................................ : 
Measured touch current (mA) ............................... : 
Max. allowed touch current (mA) ......................... : 
5.1.8.2 Summation of touch currents from N/A
telecommunication networks
a) EUT with earthed telecommunication ports ..... : N/A
b) EUT whose telecommunication ports have no N/A
reference to protective earth
5.2 Electric strength P

5.2.1 General (see appended table 5.2) P

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
5.2.2 Test procedure (see appended table 5.2) P
5.3 Abnormal operating and fault conditions P

5.3.1 Protection against overload and abnormal (see appended table 5.3) P
operation
5.3.2 Motors N/A
5.3.3 Transformers Parts of approved power supply P
unit.
5.3.4 Functional insulation .............................................. : Complies with c). P
5.3.5 Electromechanical components N/A
5.3.6 Audio amplifiers in ITE ......................................... : No such component in the N/A
equipment
5.3.7 Simulation of faults N/A
5.3.8 Unattended equipment N/A
5.3.9 Compliance criteria for abnormal operating and P
fault conditions
5.3.9.1 During the tests No fire or molten metal occurred P
and no deformation of enclosure
during the tests.
5.3.9.2 After the tests No reduction of clearance and P
creepage distances.
6 CONNECTION TO TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS N/A

6.1 Protection of telecommunication network service persons, and users of other N/A
equipment connected to the network, from hazards in the equipment
6.1.1 Protection from hazardous voltages N/A
6.1.2 Separation of the telecommunication network from earth N/A
6.1.2.1 Requirements Do not connect to N/A
communication network.
Supply voltage (V) ................................................ : 
Current in the test circuit (mA) ............................ : 
6.1.2.2 Exclusions ............................................................ : N/A
6.2 Protection of equipment users from overvoltages on telecommunication networks N/A

6.2.1 Separation requirements N/A
6.2.2 Electric strength test procedure N/A
6.2.2.1 Impulse test N/A
6.2.2.2 Steady-state test N/A
6.2.2.3 Compliance criteria N/A

IEC 60950-1/Am1+Am2
6.3 Protection of the telecommunication wiring system from overheating N/A

Max. output current (A) ......................................... : 
Current limiting method ........................................ : 
7 CONNECTION TO CABLE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS N/A

7.1 General No such systems. N/A
7.2 Protection of cable distribution system service N/A
persons, and users of other equipment
connected to the system, from hazardous
voltages in the equipment
7.3 Protection of equipment users from overvoltages N/A
on the cable distribution system
7.4 Insulation between primary circuits and cable N/A
distribution systems
7.4.1 General N/A
7.4.2 Voltage surge test N/A
7.4.3 Impulse test N/A
A ANNEX A, TESTS FOR RESISTANCE TO HEAT AND FIRE N/A

A.1 Flammability test for fire enclosures of movable N/A
equipment having a total mass exceeding 18 kg,
and of stationary equipment (see 4.7.3.2)
A.1.1 Samples ................................................................ : 
Wall thickness (mm).............................................. : 
A.1.2 Conditioning of samples; temperature (C) ......... : N/A
A.1.3 Mounting of samples ............................................ : N/A
A.1.4 Test flame (see IEC 60695-11-3) N/A
Flame A, B, C or D ............................................... : 
A.1.5 Test procedure N/A
A.1.6 Compliance criteria N/A
Sample 1 burning time (s) ..................................... : 
A.2 Flammability test for fire enclosures of movable equipment having a total mass not N/A
exceeding 18 kg, and for material and components located inside fire enclosures
(see 4.7.3.2 and 4.7.3.4)
A.2.1 Samples, material ................................................. : 
Wall thickness (mm).............................................. : 
A.2.2 Conditioning of samples; temperature (°C) ......... : N/A

A.2.3 Mounting of samples ............................................ : N/A

A.2.4 Test flame (see IEC 60695-11-4) N/A
Flame A, B or C ................................................... : 
A.2.6 Compliance criteria N/A
A.2.7 Alternative test acc. to IEC 60695-11-5, cl. 5 and N/A
9
A.3 Hot flaming oil test (see 4.6.2) N/A
A.3.1 Mounting of samples N/A
A.3.3 Compliance criterion N/A
B ANNEX B, MOTOR TESTS UNDER ABNORMAL CONDITIONS (see 4.7.2.2 and N/A
5.3.2)
B.1 General requirements N/A
Position ................................................................ : 
Manufacturer ........................................................ : 
Type ..................................................................... : 
Rated values ....................................................... : 
B.2 Test conditions N/A
B.3 Maximum temperatures (see appended table 5.3) N/A
B.4 Running overload test (see appended table 5.3) N/A
B.5 Locked-rotor overload test N/A
Test duration (days) ............................................. : 
Electric strength test: test voltage (V) .................. : 
B.6 Running overload test for d.c. motors in
N/A
secondary circuits
B.6.1 General N/A
B.6.2 Test procedure N/A
B.6.3 Alternative test procedure N/A
B.6.4 Electric strength test; test voltage (V) .................. : N/A
B.7 Locked-rotor overload test for d.c. motors in
N/A
secondary circuits
B.7.1 General N/A
B.7.2 Test procedure N/A

B.7.3 Alternative test procedure N/A

B.7.4 Electric strength test; test voltage (V) ................. : N/A
B.8 Test for motors with capacitors (see appended table 5.3) N/A
B.9 Test for three-phase motors (see appended table 5.3) N/A
B.10 Test for series motors N/A
Operating voltage (V) ........................................... : 
C ANNEX C, TRANSFORMERS (see 1.5.4 and 5.3.3) N/A

Position ................................................................ : 
Manufacturer ........................................................ : 
Type ..................................................................... : 
Rated values ....................................................... : 
Method of protection ............................................. : 
C.1 Overload test (see appended table 5.3) N/A
C.2 Insulation (see appended tables 5.2 and N/A
C2)
Protection from displacement of windings ............ : N/A
N/A
D ANNEX D, MEASURING INSTRUMENTS FOR TOUCH-CURRENT TESTS P

(see 5.1.4)
D.1 Measuring instrument P
D.2 Alternative measuring instrument N/A
E ANNEX E, TEMPERATURE RISE OF A WINDING (see 1.4.13) N/A
F ANNEX F, MEASUREMENT OF CLEARANCES AND CREEPAGE DISTANCES N/A

(see 2.10 and Annex G)
G ANNEX G, ALTERNATIVE METHOD FOR DETERMINING MINIMUM N/A

CLEARANCES
G.1 Clearances N/A
G.1.1 General N/A
G.1.2 Summary of the procedure for determining
N/A
minimum clearances
G.2 Determination of mains transient voltage (V) N/A
G.2.1 AC mains supply .................................................. : N/A
G.2.2 Earthed d.c. mains supplies ................................. : N/A
G.2.3 Unearthed d.c. mains supplies ............................ : N/A
G.2.4 Battery operation .................................................. : N/A
G.3 Determination of telecommunication network
N/A
transient voltage (V) ............................................. :

G.4 Determination of required withstand voltage (V) N/A

G.4.1 Mains transients and internal repetitive peaks .... : N/A
G.4.2 Transients from telecommunication networks ..... : N/A
G.4.3 Combination of transients N/A
G.4.4 Transients from cable distribution systems N/A
G.5 Measurement of transient voltages (V) N/A
a) Transients from a mains supply N/A
For an a.c. mains supply N/A
For a d.c. mains supply N/A
b) Transients from a telecommunication network N/A
G.6 Determination of minimum clearances ................ : N/A
H ANNEX H, IONIZING RADIATION (see 4.3.13) N/A

N/A
J ANNEX J, TABLE OF ELECTROCHEMICAL POTENTIALS (see 2.6.5.6) P

Metal(s) used ....................................................... : Screw: Steel painted with Zn; 
Enclosure: Steel
Nut and washer: Steel painted
with Zn
Conductor to be connected:
Copper
The max electrochemical
potential is: 0.45 V
K ANNEX K, THERMAL CONTROLS (see 1.5.3 N/A

and 5.3.8)
K.1 Making and breaking capacity N/A
K.2 Thermostat reliability; operating voltage (V) ........ : N/A
K.3 Thermostat endurance test; operating voltage N/A
(V) ....................................................................... :
K.4 Temperature limiter endurance; operating N/A
voltage (V) ............................................................ :
K.5 Thermal cut-out reliability N/A
K.6 Stability of operation (see appended table 5.3) N/A
L ANNEX L, NORMAL LOAD CONDITIONS FOR SOME TYPES OF ELECTRICAL N/A

BUSINESS EQUIPMENT (see 1.2.2.1 and 4.5.2)
L.1 Typewriters N/A
L.2 Adding machines and cash registers N/A
L.3 Erasers N/A
L.4 Pencil sharpeners N/A
L.5 Duplicators and copy machines N/A

L.6 Motor-operated files N/A

L.7 Other business equipment N/A
M ANNEX M, CRITERIA FOR TELEPHONE RINGING SIGNALS (see 2.3.1) N/A

M.1 Introduction N/A
M.2 Method A N/A
M.3 Method B N/A
M.3.1 Ringing signal N/A
M.3.1.1 Frequency (Hz) .................................................... : 
M.3.1.2 Voltage (V) ........................................................... : 
M.3.1.3 Cadence; time (s), voltage (V) ............................. : 
M.3.1.4 Single fault current (mA) ...................................... : 
M.3.2 Tripping device and monitoring voltage ............... : N/A
M.3.2.1 Conditions for use of a tripping device or a N/A
monitoring voltage
M.3.2.2 Tripping device N/A
M.3.2.3 Monitoring voltage (V) .......................................... : N/A
N ANNEX N, IMPULSE TEST GENERATORS (see 1.5.7.2, 1.5.7.3, 2.10.3.9, 6.2.2.1, N/A
7.3.2, 7.4.3 and Clause G.5)
N.1 ITU-T impulse test generators N/A
N.2 IEC 60065 impulse test generator N/A
P ANNEX P, NORMATIVE REFERENCES 
Q ANNEX Q, Voltage dependent resistors (VDRs) (see 1.5.9.1) N/A

a) Preferred climatic categories ........................... : N/A
b) Maximum continuous voltage .......................... : N/A
c) Pulse current .................................................... : N/A
R ANNEX R, EXAMPLES OF REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALITY CONTROL N/A

PROGRAMMES
R.1 Minimum separation distances for unpopulated N/A
coated printed boards (see 2.10.6.2)
R.2 Reduced clearances (see 2.10.3) N/A
S ANNEX S, PROCEDURE FOR IMPULSE TESTING (see 6.2.2.3) N/A

S.1 Test equipment N/A
S.2 Test procedure N/A
S.3 Examples of waveforms during impulse testing N/A

T ANNEX T, GUIDANCE ON PROTECTION AGAINST INGRESS OF WATER N/A

(see 1.1.2)
See separate test report 
U ANNEX U, INSULATED WINDING WIRES FOR USE WITHOUT INTERLEAVED N/A

INSULATION (see 2.10.5.4)
See separate test report 
V ANNEX V, AC POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS (see 1.6.1) N/A

V.1 Introduction N/A
V.2 TN power distribution systems N/A
W ANNEX W, SUMMATION OF TOUCH CURRENTS N/A

W.1 Touch current from electronic circuits N/A
W.1.1 Floating circuits N/A
W.1.2 Earthed circuits N/A
W.2 Interconnection of several equipments N/A
W.2.1 Isolation N/A
W.2.2 Common return, isolated from earth N/A
W.2.3 Common return, connected to protective earth N/A
X ANNEX X, MAXIMUM HEATING EFFECT IN TRANSFORMER TESTS N/A

(see clause C.1)
X.1 Determination of maximum input current N/A
X.2 Overload test procedure N/A
Y ANNEX Y, ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT CONDITIONING TEST (see 4.3.13.3) N/A

Y.1 Test apparatus ...................................................... : N/A
Y.2 Mounting of test samples ..................................... : N/A
Y.3 Carbon-arc light-exposure apparatus ................... : N/A
Y.4 Xenon-arc light exposure apparatus .................... : N/A
Z ANNEX Z, OVERVOLTAGE CATEGORIES (see 2.10.3.2 and Clause G.2) N/A
AA ANNEX AA, MANDREL TEST (see 2.10.5.8) N/A
BB ANNEX BB, CHANGES IN THE SECOND EDITION 
CC ANNEX CC, Evaluation of integrated circuit (IC) current limiters N/A

CC.1 General N/A
CC.2 Test program N/A
1……………………………………….:

CC.3 Test program N/A

2……………………………………….:
DD ANNEX DD, Requirements for the mounting means of rack-mounted equipment N/A
DD.1 General N/A
DD.2 Mechanical strength test, variable N/A
N………………..:
DD.3 Mechanical strength test, 250N, including end N/A
stops………………………………………………
……:
DD.4 Compliance………………………………………… N/A
…:
EE ANNEX EE, Household and home/office document/media shredders N/A

EE.1 General N/A
EE.2 Markings and instructions N/A
Use of markings or N/A
symbols…………………………:
Information of user instructions, maintenance N/A
and/or servicing
instructions…………………………:
EE.3 Inadvertent reactivation N/A
test…………………………:
EE.4 Disconnection of power to hazardous moving N/A
parts:
Use of markings or N/A
symbols…………………………:
EE.5 Protection against hazardous moving parts N/A
Test with test finger (Figure N/A
2A) ……………………:
Test with wedge probe (Figure EE1 and N/A
EE2) ……:

1.5.1 TABLE: List of critical components P

Object/part No. Manufacturer/ Type/model Technical data Standard (Edition Mark(s) of
trademark / year) conformity1)
The following components may be used in Tecal RH2288 V2/ Tecal RH1288 V2/RH2288A V2/RH1288A:
AC/DC power LITEON PS-2751- Input: IEC 60950-1 TUV
supply unit 2XXXX 100~240 UL60950-1 11010457004
98080310 (For Tecal V,50/60Hz,9-4.5 UL E132068
(optional) RH2288 V2/ A.
Tecal RH1288 Output:
V2)
12 V ,62.5 A
Max.12VSB,
2.5 A Max.
Powe:750W
Max.
-alternative LITEON PS-2461- Input:100V~240V IEC 60950-1 TUV
6XXXXX AC;50/60Hz; UL60950-1 11010457004
(For Tecal 6-3 A; or240 V UL E132068
RH2288 V2/ d.c;5A.
Tecal RH1288 Output: +12V,
V2) 38.3A Max;
+12VSB, 2.5A
Max;
Total:460W Max.
-alternative LITEON PS-2461- Input:100~240V, IEC 60950-1 TUV
1XXXXX 50/60Hz,6-3A. UL60950-1 UL E132068
(For Tecal Output:
RH2288 V2/ +12V,38.3A
Tecal RH1288 MAX;+12VSB,
V2/RH2288A 2.5A Max;
V2/RH1288A Total:460W Max
V2)
7XXXXX 50/60Hz,6-3A. UL60950-1 UL E132068
(For Tecal or240 V d.c;5A
RH2288 V2/ Output:
Tecal RH1288 +12V,38.3A
V2/RH2288A MAX;+12VSB,
V2/RH1288A 2.5A Max;
V2)
Total:460W Max
7XXXXX 50/60Hz,9-4.5A. UL60950-1 UL E132068
(For Tecal Or 240 V d.c;5A
RH2288 V2/ Output:12V,62.5
Tecal RH1288 A Max.12VSB,
V2) 2.5A Max.
Powe:750W
Max.

-alternative ASTEC EPW800W- Input:100~240V, IEC 60950-1 TUV

INTERNATION 12A 50/60Hz,10A. UL60950-1 UL
AL LTD (For Tecal Outpu:12V,65A
(Emerson) RH2288 V2/ Max.12VSB,2A
Tecal RH1288 Max.Powe:824W
V2) Max.
-alternative Emerson EPW460-12A- Input:100~240V, IEC 60950-1 TUV
G 50/60Hz,6~3A. UL60950-1 UL
(For Tecal Outpu:12V,38.3A
RH2288 V2/ Max.12VSB,2.5A
Tecal RH1288 Max.Powe:460W
V2/RH2288A Max.
V2/RH1288A
V2)
AC/DC power DELTA DPS-460DB- Input: IEC 60950-1 TUV
supply unit 12A 100~240 V UL60950-1 UL
02130957 (For Tecal a.c.,6-3 A or 240 E131881
RH2288 V2/ V d.c.,5 A
Tecal RH1288 Output:
V2/RH2288A 12 V,38.3 A
V2/RH1288A
V2) 12 VSB,2.5 A
max
AC/DC power HUAWEI EPW750-12A Input: IEC 60950- TUV
supply unit (For Tecal 100~240 V 1/2005+A1/2009
02310XSD RH2288 V2/ a.c.,9-4.5 A or +A2/2013
Tecal RH1288 240 V d.c.,5 A
V2) Output:
12 V,62.5 A
12 VSB,2.5 A
max
supply unit (For Tecal 100~240 V 1/2005+A1/2009
02310XSE RH2288 V2/ a.c.,6-3 A or 240 +A2/2013
Tecal RH1288 V d.c.,5 A
V2/RH2288A Output:
V2/RH1288A
12 V,38.3 A
V2)
12 VSB,2.5 A
max
DC/DC power ASTEC TPS800-12D Input:-38V~-75V; IEC 60950-1 TUV
supply unit INTERNATION (For Tecal 26A MAX UL60950-1 UL
AL LTD RH2288 V2/ Output: +12.2V,
(optional)
(Emerson) Tecal RH1288 65.6A Max;
V2)
+12VSB, 2A
Max;
Total:824W Max.

-alternative VAPEL TPS800-12D Input:-36V~-75V; IEC 60950-1 TUV

(For Tecal 26A MAX UL60950-1 UL
RH2288 V2/ Output: +12.2V,
Tecal RH1288 65.6A Max;
V2) +12VSB, 2A
Max;
Total:824W Max.
PCB Various Various Min.105°C, V-1 UL94 UL
Various Various Min.1.0mm --
Metal 442mm*670mm*
Enclosure( for 86.1mm
Tecal RH2288 Openging:< 5mm --
V2/ RH2288A (including
V2) diagonal) in any
dimension:
Metal 447mm*760mm*
Enclosure( for 43.6mm
TTecal Openging:< 5mm --
RH1288 V2 (including
/RH1288A) diagonal) in any
dimension:
Lithium Battery PANASONIC CR 2032 Rated:3V; UL 1642 UL MH12210
24010019 CORPORATIO 0.225Ah
N, Max.abnormal
PANASONIC charge,
CORPORATIO current:10mA
N OF NORTH
AMERICA
Li-ion battery PALLDIUM BAT1S1P Rated:3.7V, UL 60950-1 UL
24020749 ENERGY 1.5Ah, 5.6Wh MH29577
(optional) CO.LTD Ambient:55°C
Max.
charge:520mA;
Max.
discharge:52mA.
Internal Wiring Various UL1007 Rated 300V, UL758 UL
VW-1, 80°C,
Min. 18AWG
Fan Flow Various Various Rated: min. V-2, UL94 UL
plastic cover min. 1.0mm
think;
Laser Module Various Various SFP+,850nm,13 EN60825-1 TUV,FDA
10nm,1550nm,10 EN60825-2
Gb/s
CFR 1040
Class I Laser
Hard disk Various Various Input : 12Vdc, UL 60950-1 TUV
0.3A or 5Vdc, IEC 60950-1 UL
1.0A

PCIE card Intel E1G42ET Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 Tested in

3.3 Vdc,2.9 W IEC 60950-1 equipment
-alternative Intel E10G42BTDA Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 Tested in
3.3 Vdc,10 W EN 60950-1 equipment
-alternative Intel E1G44HT Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 Tested in
3.3 Vdc,4.3 W EN 60950-1 equipment
-alternative Intel E10G42BFSR Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 Tested in
3.3 Vdc,10 W EN 60950-1 equipment
-alternative Silicom EG2I576 Input: 12 Vdc or EN 60950-1 Tested in
3.3 Vdc,3.6 W
equipment
-alternative Silicom E10G2I599-XR Input: 12 Vdc or EN 60950-1 Tested in
3.3 Vdc,4.68 W equipment
-alternative Silicom EG4I580L Input: 12 Vdc or EN 60950-1 Tested in
-alternative Silicom E10G2FI599- Input: 12 Vdc or EN 60950-1 Tested in
SR 3.3 Vdc,5.88 W equipment
-alternative Qlogic QLE2562 Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 Tested in
-alternative Qlogic QLE2560 Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 Tested in
-alternative Emulex LPE12002-AP Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 Tested in
-alternative Emulex LPE12000-AP Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 Tested in
-alternative Intel E1G44HF Input : 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 Tested in
-alternative Silicom EG4FI571 Input : 12 Vdc or EN 60950-1 Tested in
-alternative Emulex Oce11102-FM Input : 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 Tested in
-alternative HUAWEI iNIC EN3222e Input : 12 Vdc or EN 60950-1 Tested in
3.3 Vdc,16 W equipment
-alternative NVIDIA Quadro 2000 Input :12VDC,5.6 EN 60950-1 Tested in
A, 65 W equipment
-alternative NVIDIA Quadro 4000 Input :12VDC,12 EN 60950-1 Tested in
A, 130 W equipment
-alternative NVIDIA Tesla M2090 Input :12VDC,25 EN 60950-1 Tested in
A, 225 W equipment
-alternative NVIDIA TESLA K20C Input :12VDC,25 EN 60950-1 Tested in

A, 225 W equipment

-alternative HUAWEI Tecal ES3000 Input :12VDC,5A, UL 60950-1 UL,

60 W EN 60950-1 CE
The following components may be used in Tecal RH2288 V2:
Fan DELTA GFB0812SHS 12 V, 0.95A, UL 507 UL E132003
ELECTRONIC 11.4W, EN60950- VDE 1164100-
S IN 1:2006+ 2611-0009
77.15CFM
A11:2009
-alternative AVC DFPA0856B2 12 V, 1.03A, UL 507 UL E158191

MPB01 11.4W, EN60950- TUV
80.91CFM 1:2006+
A11:2009
The following components may be used in RH2288A V2:
Fan AVC DBTB0838B2S Rating: UL507 UL
P091 12V d.c/1.65 A, EN 60950-1 E158191
32030199
104.59 CFM TUVPS
B12122573035
2
-alternative DELTA QFR0812UHE- Rating: UL507 UL
DD37 12V d.c/1.70 A, EN 60950-1 E132003
116.96 CFM TUVRH
R50156481
-alternative NEDIC V80E12BGA5- Rating: UL507 UL
07Z04 12V d.c/1.54 A, EN 60950-1 E339289
100CFM TUVPS
B13063573513
8
Fan AVC DFPB0856B2U Rating: UL507 UL
32030225 P004 12V d.c/1.85 A, EN 60950-1 E158191
90.32 CFM TUVPS
B14022573042
3
-alternative DELTA TGA0812DSA0 Rating: UL507 UL
1 12V d.c/2.3 A, EN 60950-1 E132003
103.2 CFM TUVRH
R50156481
The following components may be used in Tecal RH1288 V2/RH1288A V2:
Fan DELTA GFB0412EHS 12 V, 1.3A, UL 507 UL E132003
ELECTRONIC 15.6W, EN60950- VDE
S IN 1:2006+
32.179CFM 40023247
A11:2009
-alternative SANYO 9CRB0412P5 12 V, 1.06A, UL 507 UL E46810

DENKI K203 12.8W, EN60950- TUV
27.55CFM 1:2006+ R50160200
A11:2009
DVD/CD Various Various Rated : 5Vdc, 1.5 UL 60950-1, IEC UL
rewritable A 60950-1, IEC
drives Class 1 laser 60825
(optional)
The following components may be used in Tecal RH2285 V2:

AC/DC power LITEON PS-2751- Input:100~240V, IEC 60950-1 TUV

supply unit 2XXXX 50/60Hz,9-4.5A. UL60950-1 11010457004
Output:12V,62.5
98080310 UL E132068
A Max.12VSB,
(optional)
2.5A Max.
Powe:750W
Max.
-alternative LITEON PS-2461- Input:100V~240V IEC 60950-1 TUV
6XXXXX AC;50/60Hz; UL60950-1 11010457004
6-3A; UL E132068
or240Vdc;5A.
Output: +12V,
38.3A Max;
+12VSB, 2.5A
Max;
Total:460W Max.
1XXXXX 50/60Hz,6-3A. UL60950-1 UL E132068
Output:
+12V,38.3A
MAX;+12VSB,
2.5A Max;
TATAL:460W
Max
7XXXXX 50/60Hz,6-3A. UL60950-1 UL E132068
or240Vdc;5A
Output:
+12V,38.3A
MAX;+12VSB,
2.5A Max;
TATAL:460W
Max
7XXXXX 50/60Hz,9-4.5A. UL60950-1 UL E132068
or240Vdc;5A
Output:12V,62.5
A Max.12VSB,
2.5A Max.
Powe:750W
Max.
-alternative ASTEC EPW800W- Input:100~240V, IEC 60950-1 TUV
INTERNATION 12A 50/60Hz,10A. UL60950-1 UL
AL LTD Outpu:12V,65A
(Emerson) Max.12VSB,2A
Max.Powe:824W
Max.
-alternative Emerson EPW460-12A- Input:100~240V, IEC 60950-1 TUV
G 50/60Hz,6~3A. UL60950-1 UL
Outpu:12V,38.3A
Max.12VSB,2.5A
Max.Powe:460W
Max.

AC/DC power DELTA DPS-460DB- Input: IEC 60950-1 TUV

supply unit 12A 100~240 V UL60950-1 UL
02130957 a.c.,6-3 A or 240 E131881
V d.c.,5 A
Output:
12 V,38.3 A
12 VSB,2.5 A
max
supply unit 100~240 V 1/2005+A1/2009
02310XSD a.c.,9-4.5 A or +A2/2013
240 V d.c.,5 A
Output:
12 V,62.5 A
12 VSB,2.5 A
max
supply unit 100~240 V 1/2005+A1/2009
02310XSE a.c.,6-3 A or 240 +A2/2013
V d.c.,5 A
Output:
12 V,38.3 A
12 VSB,2.5 A
max
DC/DC power ASTEC TPS800-12D Input:-38V~-75V; IEC 60950-1 TUV
supply unit INTERNATION 26A MAX UL60950-1 UL
(optional) AL LTD Output: +12.2V,
(Emerson) 65.6A Max;
+12VSB, 2A
Max;
Total:824W Max.
-alternative VAPEL TPS800-12D Input:-36V~-75V; IEC 60950-1 TUV
26A MAX UL60950-1 UL
Output: +12.2V,
65.6A Max;
+12VSB, 2A
Max;
Total:824W Max.
PCB Various Various Min.105°C, V-1 UL94 UL
442mm*670mm*
Metal
86.1mm
Enclosure( for
Tecal Openging:< 5mm --
RH2285V2) (including
diagonal) in any
dimension:

Lithium Battery PANASONIC CR 2032 Rated:3V; UL 1642 UL MH12210

24010019 CORPORATIO 0.225Ah
N, Max.abnormal
PANASONIC charge,
CORPORATIO current:10mA
N OF NORTH
AMERICA
Li-ion battery LSI LOGIC BAT1S1P Rated:1.8V, UL 1642 UL
24020749 1.35Ah, 5.9Wh MH12566
(optional) Ambient:45°C
Max.
charge:500mA;
Max.
discharge:45mA.
Internal Wiring Various UL1007 Rated 300V, UL758 UL
VW-1, 80°C,
Min. 18AWG
Fan Flow Various Various Rated: min. V-2, UL94 UL
plastic cover min. 1.0mm
think;
Laser Module Various Various SFP+-1310nm- EN60825-1 TUV,FDA
10Gb/s EN60825-2
Class I Laser CFR 1040
Hard disk Various Various Input : 12Vdc, UL 60950-1 TUV
0.3A or 5Vdc, IEC 60950-1 UL
1.0A
PCIE card Intel E1G42ET Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 UL,
3.3 Vdc,2.9 W IEC 60950-1 CE
-alternative Intel E10G42BTDA Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 UL,
3.3 Vdc,10 W EN 60950-1 CE
-alternative Intel E1G44HT Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 UL,
3.3 Vdc,4.3 W EN 60950-1 CE
-alternative Intel E10G42BFSR Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 UL,
3.3 Vdc,10 W EN 60950-1 CE
-alternative Silicom EG2I576 Input: 12 Vdc or EN 60950-1 CE
3.3 Vdc,3.6 W
-alternative Silicom E10G2I599-XR Input: 12 Vdc or EN 60950-1 CE
3.3 Vdc,4.68 W
-alternative Silicom EG4I580L Input: 12 Vdc or EN 60950-1 CE
3.3 Vdc,4.3 W
-alternative Silicom E10G2FI599- Input: 12 Vdc or EN 60950-1 CE
SR 3.3 Vdc,5.88 W
-alternative Qlogic QLE2562 Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 UL,
3.3 Vdc,6.2 W EN 60950-1 TUV
-alternative Qlogic QLE2560 Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 UL,
3.3 Vdc,5.5 W EN 60950-1 TUV

-alternative Emulex LPE12002-AP Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 UL,

3.3 Vdc,5.5 W EN 60950-1 CE
-alternative Emulex LPE12000-AP Input: 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 UL,
3.3 Vdc,6.9 W EN 60950-1 CE
-alternative Intel E1G44HF Input : 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 UL,
3.3 Vdc,4.3 W EN 60950-1 CE
-alternative Silicom EG4FI571 Input : 12 Vdc or EN 60950-1 CE
3.3 Vdc,4.68 W
-alternative Emulex Oce11102-FM Input : 12 Vdc or UL 60950-1 UL,
3.3 Vdc,9.4 W EN 60950-1 CE
-alternative NVIDIA Quadro 2000 Input :12VDC,5.6 EN 60950-1 Tested in
A, 65 W equipment
-alternative NVIDIA Quadro 4000 Input :12VDC,12 EN 60950-1 Tested in
A, 130 W equipment
-alternative NVIDIA Tesla M2090 Input :12VDC,25 EN 60950-1 Tested in
A, 225 W equipment
-alternative NVIDIA TESLA K20C Input :12VDC,25 EN 60950-1 Tested in
A, 225 W equipment
-alternative HUAWEI Tecal ES3000 Input :12VDC,5A, UL 60950-1 UL,
60 W EN 60950-1 CE
Fan DELTA GFB0812SHS 12 V, 0.95A, UL 507 UL E132003
ELECTRONIC 11.4W, EN60950- VDE 1164100-
S IN 1:2006+ 2611-0009
77.15CFM
A11:2009
-alternative AVC DFPA0856B2 12 V, 1.03A, UL 507 UL E158191

MPB01 11.4W, EN60950- TUV
80.91CFM 1:2006+
A11:2009
Supplementary information:
1)
Provided evidence ensures the agreed level of compliance.
1.5.1 TABLE: Opto Electronic Devices N/A

Manufacturer :
Type............................................................. :
Separately tested ........................................ :

Bridging insulation ....................................... :
External creepage distance ......................... :

Internal creepage distance .......................... :
Distance through insulation ......................... :
Tested under the following conditions ......... :

Input............................................................. :
Output .......................................................... :
supplementary information
1.6.2 TABLE: Electrical data (in normal conditions) P

U (V a.c) I (A) Irated P (W) Fuse # Ifuse (A) Condition/status
(A)
90 V a.c/50 Hz 7.14 - 642.6 - - Max normal load
100 V a.c/50 Hz 6.32 9 632.0 - - Max normal load
240 V a.c/50 Hz 2.56 4.5 614.4 - - Max normal load
1. Tested with EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800W-12A) of configuration 2. (Main board: BC11SRSB)
2. The EUT can be powered by two (1+1 back-up) power supply units.
3. Test with Tecal RH2288 V2

(A)
1. Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 2. (Main board: BC11SRSB)


(A)
90 V a.c/50 Hz 3.2 - 342.9 - - Max normal load with input 1
100 V a.c/50 Hz 3.2 6 333.4 - - Max normal load with input 1
1. Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-6XXXXX) of configuration 2.(Main board: BC11SRSB)
2. The EUT can be powered by two power supply units.

(A)
90 V a.c/50 Hz 7.96 - 713.2 - - Max normal load ( total)
90 V a.c/50 Hz 3.95 - - - - Max normal load with input 1
100 V a.c/50 Hz 3.49 6 - - - Max normal load with input 1


1. Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-6XXXXX) of configuration 2;
2. The EUT can be powered by two power supply units;
3. Tested No. SYBH(A)00772129 (used new main board BC11SRSG)

(A)
1. Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXX) of configuration 2;
2. The EUT can be powered by two(1+1 back-up) power supply units;
3. Tested No. SYBH(A)00772129 (used new main board: BC11SRSG)

(A)


1. Tested with EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800-12A) of configuration 2;
2. The EUT can be powered by two(1+1 back-up) power supply units;

(A)
90 V a.c/50 Hz 7.95 - 716.1 - - Max normal load(total)
90 V a.c/50 Hz 4.14 - - - - Max normal load with input1
100 V a.c/50 Hz 3.63 6 - - - Max normal load with input1

1. Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7XXXX) of configuration 2;

(A)
-38.4Vdc 16.3 - 625.9 - - Max normal load
-48.0Vdc 12.9 26 623.5 - - Max normal load
1. Tested with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 2. (Main board: BC11SRSB)

(A)
1. Tested with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 2;

(A)
1. Tested with one VAPEL PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 2;


(A)
1. Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 1.(Main board: BC11SRSB)

(A)
1. Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800W-12A) of configuration 1.(Main board:
BC11SRSB)

(A)


1. Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-6XXXXX) of configuration 1.(Main board: BC11SRSB)

(A)


(A)
1. Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX)of configuration 1;

(A)
1. Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800W-12A)of configuration 1;


(A)
1. Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7XXX)of configuration 1;

(A)

1. Tested with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 1.( main board BC11SRSB)

(A)

(A)

(A)

1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX)of configuration 3. ( main board BC11SRSB)

(A)
1. Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800-12A) of configuration 3. ( main board BC11SRSB)

(A)

1. Tested with two LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-6XXXXX)of configuration 3. ( main board BC11SRSB)

(A)
-38.4 Vdc 19.77 - 760.0 - - Max normal load
-48.0 Vdc 15.70 26 755.0 - - Max normal load
1. Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: TPS800-12D)of configuration 3. ( main board BC11SRSB)

(A)
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 3(added GPU card for model
Quadro 2000); ( main board BC11SRSB)

(A)


1. Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800-12A) of configuration 3(added GPU card for model

(A)
1. Tested with two LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-6XXXXX) of configuration 3(added GPU card for
model Quadro 2000); ( main board BC11SRSB)

(A)

1. Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: TPS800-12D)of configuration 3(added GPU card for model
2. The EUT can be powered by two(1+1 back-up) power supply units.

(A)
1. Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-6XXXXX)of configuration 3;


(A)
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 3;

(A)
1. Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800-12A) of configuration 3;

(A)



(A)

(A)


(A)
1. Tested with two LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-1XXXXX)of configuration 3. (main board BC11SRSG)
3. Tested No. SYBH(A)00867806

(A)

1. Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800-12A)of configuration 4(high-power configuration);
3. Tested No. SYBH(A)00829288 (used new main board BC11SRSH)

(A)
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX)of configuration 4(high-power configuration);

(A)
1. Tested with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 4(high-power configuration);

(A)
1. Tested with one VAPEL PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 4(high-power configuration);

(A)
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-6XXXXX) of configuration 4(low-power configuration);

(A)
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-1XXXXX)of configuration 4(low-power configuration);

(A)
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7XXXXX)of configuration 4(low-power configuration);

(A)
1. Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800-12A)of configuration 5(high-power configuration);

(A)
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX)of configuration 5(high-power configuration);

(A)
1. Tested with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 5(high-power configuration);
4. Test with RH1288 V2

(A)
1. Tested with one VAPEL PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration5(high-power configuration);

(A)
90 V a.c/50 Hz 5.46 - 487.2 - - Max normal load with input1
100 V a.c/50 Hz 4.88 6 485.3 - - Max normal load with input1
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-1XXXXX)of configuration 3(high Memory);

(A)


(A)

(A)
240 V a.c/50 Hz 2.03 4.5 473.6 - - Max normal load with input1

1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX)of configuration 3(high Memory);

(A)
1. Tested with one ASTEC(Emerson) PSU(model: EPW800-12) of configuration 3(high Memory);

(A)
-38.4Vdc 12.5 - 483.9 - - Max normal load with input1
-48.0Vdc 9.9 26 478.1 - - Max normal load with input1
1. Tested with one VAPEL PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 3(high Memory);

(A)
1. Tested with one ASTEC(Emerson) PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration3(high Memory);

(A)
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-7XXXX) of configuration 3(high Memory);

(A)
90 V a.c/50 Hz 4.32 - 388 - - Max normal load
100 V a.c/50 Hz 3.85 6 391 - - Max normal load
1.Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW460-12A-G) of configuration 6;
2.The EUT can be powered by two power supply units (1+1backup).
3.Test with Tecal RH2288 V2

(A)
1.Tested with two EMERSON PSUs(model: EPW460-12A-G) of configuration 7;
2.The EUT was powered by two power supply units.

(A)
-192Vdc 2.03 - - - - Max normal load with input1
-240 V d.c 1.59 5 - - - Max normal load with input1
1.Tested with two LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7H) of configuration7;
2. The EUT was powered by two power supply units.

(A)

1.Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7H) of configuration6;
2.The EUT can be powered by two power supply units(1+1backup).

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)
-38.4Vdc 9.07 - - - - Max normal load with input1
-48.0Vdc 7.11 26 - - - Max normal load with input1
1.Tested with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration6

(A)

1.Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: EPW800-12A) of configuration6;

(A)

(A)
1. Tested with EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800W-12A) of configuration 2. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

(A)
1. Tested with EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800W-12A) of configuration 2.(Main board: BC11SRSF)

(A)
1.Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 2. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

(A)

1. Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXXX) of configuration 2. (Main board: BC11SRSF)

(A)
1.Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-6XXXXX) of configuration 2.(Main board: BC11SRSC)
2.The EUT can be powered by two power supply units.

(A)


(A)

(A)
1.Tested with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 2. (Main board: BC11SRSC)
2.The EUT can be powered by two (1+1 back-up) power supply units.

(A)
1.Tested with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 2. (Main board: BC11SRSF)

(A)
1.Tested with one VAPEL PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 2. (Main board: BC11SRSF)

(A)
1.Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 1. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

(A)

1. Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 1. (Main board: BC11SRSF)

(A)
1.Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800W-12A) of configuration 1. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

(A)
1. Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800W-12A) of configuration 1. (Main board:
BC11SRSF)

(A)
1.Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-6XXXXX) of configuration 1. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

(A)

(A)


(A)
1. Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 1. (Main board: BC11SRSF)

(A)
1. Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800W-12A) of configuration 1. (Main board:
BC11SRSF)

(A)
1.Tested with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 1. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

(A)
1. Tested with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 1. (Main board: BC11SRSF)

(A)
1. Tested with one VAPEL PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 1. (Main board: BC11SRSF)

(A)

1.Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

(A)
240 V a.c/50 Hz 2.35 4.5 554 - - Max normal load
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF)

(A)
1.Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800-12A) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

(A)
1. Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800-12A) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF)

(A)
90 V a.c/50 Hz 3.92 - 380 - - Max normal load with input 1
100 V a.c/50 Hz 3.45 6 376 - - Max normal load with input 1
1.Tested with two LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-6XXXXX) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

(A)
1.Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

(A)
1. Tested with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF)

(A)
1. Tested with one VAPEL PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF)

(A)

1. Tested with two LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7XXXXX) of configuration 3. (Main board:
BC11SRSF)

(A)
1. Tested with two LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-6XXXXX) of configuration 3. (Main board:
BC11SRSF)

(A)

1.Tested with two LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-1XXXXX) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

(A)
1.Tested with two LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-1XXXXX) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF,
added Tesla M2090)
3.Tested No.: SYBH(A)00954584.

(A)

1. Tested with two LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7XXXXX) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF
added Tesla M2090)
3. Tested No.: SYBH(A)00954584.

(A)

1. Tested with two LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-6XXXXX) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF
added Tesla M2090)

(A)
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF,
added Tesla M2090)
2. The EUT can be powered by two(1+1 back up) power supply units.

(A)
1. Tested with one ASTEC(Emerson) PSU(model: EPW800-12A) of configuration 3. (Main board:
BC11SRSF, added Tesla M2090)
2. The EUT can be powered by two(1+1 back up)power supply units.

(A)
1. Tested with one ASTEC(Emerson) PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 3. (Main board:
BC11SRSF, added Tesla M2090)

(A)
1. Tested with one VAPEL PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF,
added Tesla M2090)

(A)

3. Tested No.: SYBH(A)01012195

(A)
1.Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW460-12A-G) of configuration 4.
2.The EUT can be powered by two power supply units (1+1backup).

(A)

240 V a.c/60 Hz 135 3 - - - Max normal load with input2
1.Tested with two EMERSON PSUs(model: EPW460-12A-G) of configuration 5.

(A)
-240Vdc 1.40 5 - - - Max normal load with input1
1.Tested with two LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7H) of configuration5.

(A)
1.Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7H) of configuration4.

(A)


(A)

(A)
2.The EUT can be powered by two power supply units(1+1backup)..

(A)

(A)
1.Tested with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration4.

(A)
1.Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: EPW800-12A) of configuration4.
3. Test with Tecal RH2285 V2.

(A)


(A)
90 V a.c/50 Hz 5.74 - - - - Max normal load with input
100 V a.c/50 Hz 5.10 6 - - - Max normal load with input
1.Tested with one DELTA PSU(model: DPS-460DB-12A) of configuration 1.
3.Test No.SYBH(A)01489226
4. Test with Tecal RH2288A V2

(A)
-192Vdc 2.68 - - - - Max normal load with input
-240Vdc 2.15 5 - - - Max normal load with input

(A)

1.Tested with one HUAWEI PSU(model: EPW460-12A) of configuration 1.

(A)

(A)
1.Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7H) of configuration 1.

(A)

(A)
4. Test with Tecal RH2288H V2

(A)

(A)


(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)
2.The EUT can be powered by one power supply units(1+1backup).

(A)
1.Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW460-12A-G) .
2. The EUT can be powered by two power supply units (1+1backup).
3.Test No.: SYBH(A)01609272
4. Test with RH2288A V2

(A)

1.Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-1H).

(A)

(A)
1.Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-1H).

(A)

(A)
1.Tested with one DELTA PSU(model: DPS-460-12A) .

(A)
192 V d.c 2.28 - - - - Max normal load with input
240 V d.c 1.81 5 - - - Max normal load with input
1.Tested with one DELTA PSU(model: DPS-460DB-12A) .

(A)
1.Tested with one HUAWEI PSU(model: EPW460-12A) .

(A)

(A)

240 V a.c/50 Hz 2.66 4.5 - - - Max normal load with input
240 V a.c/60 Hz 2.65 4.5 - - - Max normal load with input

(A)
2.1.1.5 c) 1) TABLE: max. V, A, VA test N/A

Voltage (rated) Current (rated) Voltage (max.) Current (max.) VA (max.)
(V) (A) (V) (A) (VA)
supplementary information:
2.1.1.5 c) 2) TABLE: stored energy N/A

Capacitance C (µF) Voltage U (V) Energy E (J)
2.2 TABLE: evaluation of voltage limiting components in SELV circuits N/A

Component (measured between) max. voltage (V) Voltage Limiting
(normal operation) Components
V peak V d.c.
Fault test performed on voltage limiting components Voltage measured (V) in SELV circuits
(V peak or V d.c.)
2.5 TABLE: limited power sources P

Circuit output tested: ……. 5.01 V d.c. USB port on BC11SRSB board.
Measured Uoc (V) with all load
circuits disconnected: …….
Isc (A) VA
Meas. Limit Meas. Limit
Normal condition 1.8 8 2.58 100
Single fault: ….. RT38 S/C 1.99 8 2.49 100
supplementary information:The USB circuits on the other board are the same as BC11SRSB board.
S-c=Short circuit, O-c=Open circuit
2.10.2 Table: working voltage measurement N/A

Location RMS voltage (V) Peak voltage (V) Comments
2.10.3 and 2.10.4 TABLE: Clearance and creepage distance measurements N/A
Clearance (cl) and U peak U r.m.s. Required cl cl Required cr

creepage distance (V) (V) (mm) (mm) cr (mm) (mm)
(cr) at/of/between:
Functional:
Basic/supplementary:
Reinforced:
2.10.5 TABLE: Distance through insulation measurements N/A

Distance through U peak U rms (V) Test volt- Required DTI
insulation (DTI) at/of: (V) age DTI (mm)
(V) (mm)
4.3.8 TABLE: Batteries N/A

The tests of 4.3.8 are applicable only when appropriate battery
data is not available
Is it possible to install the battery in a reverse polarity position?
Non-rechargeable Rechargeable batteries
batteries
Discharging Un- Charging Discharging Reversed charging
intentio
Meas. Manuf. Meas. Manuf. Meas. Manuf. Meas. Manuf.
nal
current Specs. current Specs. current Specs. current Specs.
chargin
g
Max.
current
during
normal
condition
Max.
current
during
fault
condition
Test results: Verdict

- Chemical leaks
- Explosion of the battery
- Emission of flame or expulsion of molten metal
- Electric strength tests of equipment after completion of
tests
4.3.8 TABLE: Batteries P

Battery category .......................................... : Lithium
Manufacturer ............................................... : PANASONIC
Type / model ................................................ : CR-2032L
Voltage......................................................... : 3 V
Capacity ....................................................... : 225 mAh
Tested and Certified by (incl. Ref. No.) ....... : UL
Circuit protection diagram:
MARKINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS (1.7.12, 1.7.15)

Location of replaceable battery P
Language(s) …………………………………… English
.:
Close to the N/A
battery …………………………….:
In the servicing P
instructions ……………………:
In the operating P
instructions …………………..:
4.5 TABLE: Thermal requirements P

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
Maximum measured temperature T of T (C) Allowed Tmax
part/at: (C)
Ambient 23.1 23.8 35.0 35.0 - -
AC input connector of PSU 34.7 30.5 46.6 41.7 - 85
T102 winding on PSU 46.9 44.5 58.8 55.7 - 90
T103 winding on PSU 48.2 46.1 60.1 57.3 - 90
T101 winding on PSU 59.4 54.6 71.3 65.8 - 130
T101 core on PSU 50.8 49.1 62.7 60.3 - 130
T901 winding on PSU 37.1 37.2 49.0 48.4 - 90

T901 core on PSU 35.3 35.4 47.2 46.6 - 90
Connector J9 on BC11SRSB board 37.6 36.3 49.5 47.5 - 85
Surface of Battery U17 on BC11SRSB
29.6 30.5 41.5 41.7 - 85
board
Heat sink IC U1028 on BC11ESMC
43.2 41.6 55.1 52.8 - 105
board
Heat sink IC CPU1 on BC11SRSB
53.1 46.9 65.0 58.1 - 105
board
Heat sink IC CPU2 on BS11SRSB
56.4 49.8 68.3 61.0 - 105
board
Heat sink IC U28 on BS11SRSB board 32.7 32.7 44.6 43.9 - 105
Connector J36 on BS11SRSB board 34.1 34.0 46.0 45.2 - 85
Heat sink IC U1 on CN21I2TA board 57.3 59.4 69.2 70.6 - 105
Heat sink IC U2 on BC11THBA board 46.0 45.1 57.9 56.3 - 105
Surface of SATA hard disk on EUT 40.6 39.5 52.5 50.7 - 105
Surface of SAS hard disk on EUT 24.5 37.3 36.4 48.5 - 105
Enclosure of EUT near openings
23.8 24.5 35.7 35.7 - 70
ventilation
Test with one EMERSON PSU (model: EPW800W-12A) of configuration 2.
Test with Tecal RH2288 V2
Temperature T of winding: t1 (°C) R1 () t2 (°C) R2 () T (C) Allowed Insulation
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 23.6 23.0 35.0 35.0 - -
T600 winding on PSU 41.1 39.2 52.5 51.2 - 110
T600 core on PSU 43.8 42.0 55.2 54.0 - 110
T200 winding on PSU 41.3 39.1 52.7 51.1 - 110
T200 core on PSU 30.9 34.7 42.3 46.7 - 110
L100 on PSU 50.6 41.1 62.0 53.1 - 130

CT200 on PSU 36.3 32.8 47.7 44.8 - 90
Surface of Battery U17 on BC11SRSB
38.6 35.4 50.0 47.4 - 85
board
Heat sink IC U1028 on BC11ESMD
76.7 72.3 88.1 84.3 - 105
board
Heat sink IC CPU1 on BC11SRSB
58.2 54.2 69.6 66.2 - 105
board
Heat sink IC CPU2 on BS11SRSB
53.6 50.1 65.0 62.1 - 105
board
Heat sink IC U28 on BS11SRSB board 40.9 37.5 52.3 49.5 - 105
Connector J36 on BS11SRSB board 32.5 29.6 43.9 41.6 - 105
Heat sink IC U1 on CN21I4GA board 61.6 58.2 73.0 70.2 - 105
Wind scooper 35.7 32.5 47.1 44.5 - 85
35.4 32.1 46.8 44.1 - 70
ventilation
Test with one LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXXX)of configuration 2. (main board BC11SRSB)
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................-38.4
: -72.0 -38.4 -72.0 - 
Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 26.8 25.1 35.0 35.0 - -
DC input connector of Emerson PSU 35.9 34.5 44.1 44.4 - 70
Winding of transformer T200 of
49.8 51.6 58.0 61.5 - 110
Emerson PSU
Winding of transformer T3 of Emerson
49.3 51.4 57.5 61.3 - 90
PSU
Surface of hard disk near Emerson
40.8 39.1 49.0 49.0 - 70
PSU
Input connector J10 of SRSB board 37.5 37.4 45.7 47.3 - 85

Heat sink CPU2 of SRSB board 53.0 55.6 61.2 65.5 - 105
PCB of J59 DIMM120 of SRSB board 37.7 36.0 45.9 45.9 - 105
Heat sink U1028 on ESMD of SRSB
73.3 74.4 81.5 84.3 - 105
board
Surface of battery U17 of SRSB board 37.2 36.7 45.4 46.6 - 70
Surface of hard disk (4 slot) 33.9 32.4 42.1 42.3 - 70
Heat sink U1 on I2TA of SRSB board 45.4 64.7 53.6 74.6 - 105
Surface of battery BAT1S1P-A on
30.7 30.8 38.9 40.7 - 105
ESMD of SRSB board
Surface of internal plastic enclosure 35.0 33.2 43.2 43.1 - 95
Top enclosure near Emerson PSU of
35.7 34.0 43.9 43.9 - 70
EUT
Test with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 2. (main board BC11SRSB)
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 23.9 23.9 35.0 35.0 - -
AC input connector of LITEON PSU 37.5 36.9 48.6 48.0 - 70
Winding of transformer T200 of LITEON
50.0 50.9 61.1 62.0 - 110
PSU
50.6 51.3 61.7 62.4 - 110
PSU
57.4 58.3 68.5 69.4 - 130
board

Surface of plastic enclosure 33.0 33.3 44.1 44.4 - 105
Top enclosure near LITEON PSU of
34.1 34.3 45.2 45.4 - 70
EUT
46.6 47.0 57.7 58.1 - 110
PSU
Winding of transformer CT201 of
46.0 45.7 57.1 56.8 - 90
LITEON PSU
43.7 43.8 54.8 54.9 - 110
PSU
42.6 42.8 53.7 53.9 - 90
LITEON PSU
Test with one LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-6XXXXX)of configuration 1. (main board BC11SRSB)
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 28.0 26.1 35.0 35.0 - -
44.5 45.6 51.5 54.5 - 110
PSU
Core of transformer T200 of LITEON
46.4 48.0 53.4 56.9 - 110
PSU
Surface of hard disk near LITEON PSU 42.7 42.6 49.7 51.5 - 70

33.3 33.3 40.3 42.2 - 70
board
29.2 30.5 36.2 39.4 - 70
ESMD of SRSB board
35.4 35.4 42.4 44.3 - 105
EUT
43.3 45.3 50.3 54.2 - 110
PSU
42.6 44.0 49.6 52.9 - 90
LITEON PSU
39.8 40.8 46.8 49.7 - 110
PSU
38.9 39.9 45.9 48.8 - 90
LITEON PSU
Test with two LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-6XXXXX)of configuration 2. (main board BC11SRSB)
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
.Ambient 28.2 28.7 35.0 35.0 - -
Capacitor C4782 on BC11SRSB board 46.7 46.1 53.5 52.4 - 85
Winding of transformer CT200 of LITE-
49.8 48.9 56.6 55.2 - 90
ON PSU（Class A）
Heat sink of cpu2 on BC11SRSB board 66.9 67.9 73.7 74.2 - 130
Memory card connector J58 on
37.1 37.1 43.9 43.4 - 85
BC11SRSB board
Heat sink of MOSFET Q1046 on
45.8 46.4 52.6 52.7 - 130
BC11SRSB board

Surface of fan box 29.2 29.7 36.0 36.0 - For ref.
Connector J22 on BC11THBC board 33.9 34.9 40.7 41.2 - 85
Inductor L2 on BC11THBC board 42.7 44.0 49.5 50.3 - 90
Surface of DC/DC converter U2 on
35.6 36.5 42.4 42.8 - 130
BC11THBC board
Heat sink of U4 on BC11THBC board 52.1 55.2 58.9 61.5 - 130
Suface of battery U17 on BC11SRSB
37.9 39.1 44.7 45.4 - 70
board
Chip U10 on BC11SRSB board 58.9 59.5 65.7 65.8 - 130
Chip U1 on CN21I2TA board 78.8 85.0 85.6 91.3 - 130
Surface of hard disk near PSU 38.8 40.1 45.6 46.4 - 70
Winding of transformer T200 of LITE-
60.4 60.4 67.2 66.7 - 110
ON PSU（Class B）
70.4 71.8 77.2 78.1 - 110
ON PSU（Class B）
56.2 58.3 63.0 64.6 - 110
ON PSU（Class B）
56.4 58.3 63.2 64.6 - 110
ON PSU（Class B）
Surface of Inner plastic (cover of
33.6 33.9 40.4 40.2 - 85
BC11SRSB board)
Top enclosure near PSU of EUT 38.5 39.2 45.3 45.5 - 70
Test with one LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXXX)of configuration 3. (main board BC11SRSB)
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................-38.4
: -72.0 -38.4 -72.0 - 
Vdc V dc Vdc V dc
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 26.2 26.8 35.0 35.0 - -

Heat sink of cpu2 on BC11SRSB board 67.0 68.0 75.8 76.2 - 130
35.4 37.6 44.2 45.8 - 130
BC11SRSB board
44.2 45.5 53.0 53.7 - 130
BC11SRSB board
32.0 35.0 40.8 43.2 - 130
BC11THBC board
Surface of battery U17 on BC11SRSB
39.1 38.4 47.9 46.6 - 70
board
61.7 63.7 70.5 71.9 - 130
Emerson PSU（Class F）
63.1 65.1 71.9 73.3 - 130
PSU（Class F）
32.0 34.1 40.8 42.3 - 105
BC11SRSB board)
Test with one EMERSON PSU (model: TPS800-12D)of configuration 3. (main board BC11SRSB)
Temperature T of winding: t1 (°C) R1 () t2 (°C) R2 () Allowed Insulation
-
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 26.6 26.7 35.0 35.0 - -
Heat sink of CPU1 on BC11SRSB
44.9 38.4 53.3 46.7 - 130
board

Cap C4284 on BC11SRSB board 40.4 32.5 48.8 40.8 - 85
Heat sink of Q1044 on BC11SRSB
51.0 38.8 59.4 47.1 - 130
board
Surface of battery U17 on BC11SRSB
37.3 33.1 45.7 41.4 - 70
board
Inductor L1047 on BC11SRSB board 41.8 38.1 50.2 46.4 - 90
Heat sink of U28 on BC11SRSB board 45.1 38.0 53.5 46.3 - 130
Heat sink of U1006 on BC11ESMC
58.7 48.5 67.1 56.8 - 130
board
Surface of hard disk11 39.6 31.3 48.0 39.6 - For reference
Surface of air duct over BC11SRSB
52.0 37.7 60.4 46.0 - 85
board
Winding of transformer T200(Class B)
60.0 54.6 68.4 62.9 - 110
on PSU/PS-2751-2XXX board
Core of transformer T200(Class B) on
53.1 47.5 61.5 55.8 - 110
PSU/PS-2751--2XXX board
Winding of transformer T202(Class A)
48.5 42.9 56.9 51.2 - 90
on PSU/PS-2751--2XXX board
Winding of transformer T203(Class A)
49.8 43.7 58.2 52.0 - 90
Winding of transformer CT200(Class A)
55.8 46.9 64.2 55.2 - 90
Winding of transformer T600(Class B)
52.6 47.8 61.0 56.1 - 110
Core of transformer T600(Class B) on
53.7 49.2 62.1 57.5 - 110
PSU/PS-2751--2XXX board
Surface of PCB of BC11PERA board 45.7 38.5 54.1 46.8 - 130
Heat sink of U5 on intel/E10G42BFSR
45.3 36.5 53.7 44.8 - 130
board
Heat sink of U5 on Qlogic/QLE2562
52.8 40.9 61.2 49.2 - 130
board
Heat sink of U8 on intel/E1G44HT
58.9 50.4 67.3 58.7 - 130
board
Surface of PCB of GPU board 68.3 59.1 76.7 67.4 130
Top enclosure near GPU board of EUT 36.5 32.9 44.9 41.2 70
Test with one LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXXX)of configuration 3(added GPU card for model
Quadro 4000). (main board BC11SRSB)
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 25.3 25.8 35.0 35.0 - -
AC input connector of EUT 39.2 46.1 48.9 55.3 - 70
Internal wire of EUT 45.2 48.2 54.9 57.4 - 85
Transformer T200(class B) winding on
61.4 69.4 71.1 78.6 - 110
PSU
Transformer CT200(class B)winding on
56.6 64.0 66.3 73.2 - 110
PSU
42.9 47.1 52.6 56.3 - 110
PSU
Transformer T203(class B)winding on
49.3 55.4 59.0 64.6 - 110
PSU
47.5 50.9 57.2 60.1 - 110
PSU
Transformer T600(class B)core on PSU 48.4 53.1 58.1 62.3 - 110
Connector J7 on BC11IHBA board 46.7 45.4 56.4 54.6 - 85
Wire surface between connector J7 and
50.4 49.2 60.1 58.4 - 85
J160
Heat sink CPU2 on BC11SRSG board 63.8 60.1 73.5 69.3 - 130
Heat sink CPU1 on BC11SRSG board 56.7 56.8 66.4 66.0 - 130
Heat sink HS1 on BC11SRSG board 45.5 45.3 55.2 54.5 - 130
DC/DC converter U1092 on
55.2 55.9 64.9 65.1 - 90
BC11SRSG board
Connector J37 on BC11SRSG board 52.9 50.7 62.6 59.9 - 85
Heat sink of IC U1006 on BC11ESMC
63.7 63.7 73.4 72.9 - 130
board
Quadro 2000 surface of EUT 72.3 72.2 82.0 81.4 - 85
The body of Hard disk of EUT 51.3 52.5 61.0 61.7 - 65
Thermal shield surface on BC11SRSG
33.9 34.3 43.6 43.5 - 70
board
Enclosure of EUT near ventilation
48.9 47.4 58.6 56.6 - 70
openings
1.Test with two LITEON PSUs (model: PS-2461-1XXXXX)of configuration 3. (main board BC11SRSG)
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 26.6 26.4 35.0 35.0 - -
Transformer T200 winding of PSU 60.5 66.3 68.9 74.9 - 110
Transformer T200 core of PSU 48.2 53.6 56.6 62.2 - 110
Transformer CT200 winding of PSU 37.3 40.4 45.7 49.0 - 90
Internal AC input wire of PSU 42.9 46.6 51.3 55.2 - 85
DC output connector J10 of PSU on
36.8 37.6 45.2 46.2 - 85
BC11SRSG board
Heat sink of IC CPU1 on BC11SRSG
56.4 56.3 64.8 64.9 - 130
board
47.2 47.2 55.6 55.8 - 130
board
Heat sink of IC U4 on BC11FGEA
45.4 44.9 53.8 53.5 - 130
board
Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSG
50.6 50.3 59.0 58.9 - 130
board
40.1 40.1 48.5 48.7 - 130
board
Heat sink of IC U4 on BC11THBC
46.1 46.0 54.5 54.6 - 130
board
Heat sink of DIMM J21 on BC11SRSG
30.8 30.8 39.2 39.4 - 130
board
Surface of IC U8 on GE card 32.5 32.5 40.9 41.1 - 130

Heat sink of display card 39.0 37.8 47.4 46.4 - 130
Surface of hard disk 29.1 28.9 37.5 37.5 - Reference
Surface of ventilation cover 33.2 33.1 41.6 41.7 - 85
Enclosure of EUT 31.3 31.3 39.7 39.9 - 70
1. Test with one LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXX)of configuration 3.
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 25.4 25.2 35.0 35.0 - -
35.0 36.1 44.6 45.9 - 85
BC11SRSG board
33.7 35.2 43.3 45.0 - 130
board
35.3 35.4 44.9 45.2 - 130
board
42.9 44.2 52.5 54.0 - 130
board
49.0 50.3 58.6 60.1 - 130
board

39.6 40.7 49.2 50.5 - 130
board
44.8 47.4 54.4 57.2 - 130
board
32.4 33.4 42.0 43.2 - 130
board
Enclosure of EUT 30.6 31.6 40.2 41.4 - 70
1. Test with Two LITEON PSUs (model: PS-2461-7XXXX)of configuration 3.
Tmax (C) class
Supply voltage (V) ..........................-38.4
: -72.0 -38.4 -72.0 - 
Vdc V dc Vdc V dc
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 25.3 25.6 35.0 35.0 - -
Transformer T2(1) winding of PSU 68.2 68.7 77.9 78.1 - 130
Transformer T2(1) core of PSU 49.4 50.0 59.1 59.4 - 130
Transformer T2(2) winding of PSU 52.7 54.6 62.4 64.0 - 130
Transformer T2(2) core of PSU 48.2 49.9 57.9 59.3 - 130
34.6 35.7 44.3 45.1 - 85
BC11SRSG board
55.5 55.4 65.2 64.8 - 130
board
42.2 45.2 51.9 54.6 - 130
board

45.1 47.5 54.8 56.9 - 130
board
50.1 50.8 59.8 60.2 - 130
board
39.8 40.4 49.5 49.8 - 130
board
42.1 45.0 51.8 54.4 - 130
board
31.4 31.5 41.1 40.9 - 130
board
Enclosure of EUT 30.5 31.2 40.2 40.6 - 70
1. Test with one VAPEL PSU (model: TPS800-12D)of configuration.
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 25.9 25.3 35.0 35.0 - -
AC inlet of PSU 44.0 41.1 53.1 50.8 - 70
Transformer CT200 winding of PSU 53.7 50.9 62.8 60.6 - 105
Transformer CT200 core of PSU 53.9 51.2 63.0 60.9 - 105

51.2 48.3 60.3 58.0 - 85
BC11SRSH board
Heat sink of IC CPU1 on BC11SRSH
43.5 40.8 52.6 50.5 - 130
board
45.8 43.8 54.9 53.5 - 130
board
39.9 37.8 49.0 47.5 - 130
board
Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSH
50.3 47.9 59.4 57.6 - 130
board
Heat sink of IC U13 on BC11FXEB
50.4 47.9 59.5 57.6 - 130
board
Surface of IC U2 on BC11EHBB board 33.3 30.7 42.4 40.4 - 130
Heat sink of DIMM J46 on BC11SRSH
36.5 34.1 45.6 43.8 - 130
board
Heat sink of IC U13 on CN21ITGA card 38.1 35.9 47.2 45.6 - 130
Heat sink of IC G1 on NVIDIA NVS 300
48.0 45.2 57.1 54.9 - 130
card
Surface of disk 31.7 29.5 40.8 39.2 - Reference
Enclosure of EUT 33.1 30.7 42.2 40.4 - 70
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 4(high-power configuration);
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................-38.4
: -72.0 -38.4 -72.0 - 
Vdc V dc Vdc V dc
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 25.6 26.6 35.0 35.0 - -
DC input connector of PSU 37.1 37.8 46.5 46.2 - 85

44.8 46.7 54.2 55.1 - 85
BC11SRSH board
40.5 42.8 49.9 51.2 - 130
board
40.6 42.5 50.0 50.9 - 130
board
37.8 39.9 47.2 48.3 - 130
board
47.6 49.9 57.0 58.3 - 130
board
49.7 52.0 59.1 60.4 - 130
board
34.0 36.2 43.4 44.6 - 130
board
64.3 66.1 73.7 74.5 - 130
card
Enclosure of EUT 30.7 32.6 40.1 41.0 - 70
1. Tested with one VAPEL PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 4(high-power configuration);
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 26.3 26.9 35.0 35.0 - -
AC inlet of PSU 37.3 35.6 46.0 43.7 - 70

37.5 37.4 46.2 45.5 - 85
BC11SRSH board
33.9 34.0 42.6 42.1 - 130
board
36.4 36.3 45.1 44.4 - 130
board
37.3 36.9 46.0 45.0 - 130
board
40.6 40.5 49.3 48.6 - 130
board
39.4 39.2 48.1 47.3 - 130
board
31.3 30.9 40.0 39.0 - 130
board
35.6 35.4 44.3 43.5 - 130
card
Enclosure of EUT 30.3 30.1 39.0 38.2 - 70
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7XXXXX) of configuration 4(low-power configuration);
Tmax (C) class
Supply voltage (V) ..........................90

: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 28.3 28.7 35.0 35.0 - -
AC inlet of PSU 46.3 42.4 53.0 48.7 - 70
Transformer T203(Class A) winding on
44.6 44.5 51.3 50.8 - 90
PSU
43.9 44.3 50.6 50.6 - 90
PSU
Transformer CT200(Class A) winding
45.8 46.3 52.5 52.6 - 90
on PSU
Transformer CT201(Class A) winding
46.3 46.4 53.0 52.7 - 90
on PSU
Transformer T200(Class B) winding on
59.2 59.8 65.9 66.1 - 110
PSU
Transformer T200(Class B) core on
56.3 56.8 63.0 63.1 - 110
PSU
45.7 46.1 52.4 52.4 - 110
PSU
Transformer T730(Class B) core on
44.6 45.1 51.3 51.4 - 110
PSU
Surface Transformer T600(Class B) on
45.7 45.2 52.4 51.5 - 110
PSU
Heatsink of CPU2 on BC11SRSG
50.1 50.7 56.8 57.0 - 130
board
49.7 50.3 56.4 56.6 - 130
board
Connector Dimm D12 on BC11SRSG
35.9 36.6 42.6 42.9 - 85
board
Surface heatsink of NVIDIA M2090 69.6 70.8 76.3 77.1 - 130
Heatsink of U23 on BC11SRSG board 47.1 47.6 53.8 53.9 - 130
Heatsink of U2 on BC11FGEB board 41.6 42.4 48.3 48.7 - 130
Surface hard disk of EUT 33.2 35.1 39.9 41.4 - Reference
37.5 38.2 44.2 44.5 - 70
ventilation
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7XXXXX) of configuration 3(high Memory);
3. Tested No. SYBH(A)00953864(used new main board BC11SRSG)

Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................-38.4
: -72.0 -38.4 -72.0 - 
Vdc V dc Vdc V dc
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 23.5 23.5 35.0 35.0 - -
36.5 36.4 48.0 47.9 - 110
PSU
Transformer T1(Class B) core on PSU 36.4 36.2 47.9 47.7 - 110
55.8 56.7 67.3 68.2 - 90
PSU
Transformer T2(Class F) winding on
58.1 58.5 69.6 70.0 - 130
PSU
Inductor L3 winding on PSU 53.8 54.7 65.3 66.2 - 130
Transformer TR3(Class F) on PSU 46.4 45.6 57.9 57.1 - 130
47.0 48.6 58.5 60.1 - 130
board
40.3 40.2 51.8 51.7 - 130
board
Connector Dimm D12 on BC11SRSG
29.8 30.1 41.3 41.6 - 85
board
Heatsink of U2 on BC11FGEB board 41.3 40.2 52.8 51.7 - 130
Heatsink of U23 on BC11SRSG board 35.6 35.2 47.1 46.7 - 130
Surface hard disk of EUT 29.5 29.5 41.0 41.0 - Reference
39.5 39.8 51.0 51.3 - 70
ventilation
1. Tested with one VAPEL PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 3(high Memory);
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 27.2 26.9 35.0 35.0 - -
AC inlet of PSU 39.6 40.8 47.4 48.9 - 70
Transformer T600 winding on PSU 46.0 47.4 53.8 55.5 - 110
Transformer T600 core on PSU 45.4 46.2 53.2 54.3 - 110
Transformer CT200 winding on PSU 39.5 40.7 47.3 48.8 - 90
Internal wire between J37and GPU 35.6 37.9 43.4 46.0 - 85
Heat sink of IC U1006 on BC11ESWC 130
42.6 44.0 50.4 52.1 -
board
Heat sink of CPU1 on BC11SRSG 130
45.1 70.9 52.9 79.0 -
board
Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSG 130
41.5 43.0 49.3 51.1 -
board
Heat sink on of IC U4 on BC11FGEA 130
30.2 29.3 38.0 37.4 -
board
DC input connector J18 of BC11THBC 85
40.6 38.6 48.4 46.7 -
board
Heat sink of IC U4 on BC11THBC 130
48.0 47.5 55.8 55.6 -
board
Heat sink of IC U1125 on BC11SRSG 130
44.9 57.4 52.7 65.5 -
board
Heat sink copper of M2090 84.5 82.4 92.3 90.5 - 130
Enclosure of EUT near openings 70
34.9 36.9 42.7 45.0 -
ventilation
Heat sink of M2090 80.3 72.3 88.1 80.4 - 130
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2751-7XXXXX) of configuration 3(high Memory);

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.1 25.0 35.0 35.0 - -
2.PCB of DC/DC convertor on
33.9 34.7 43.8 44.7 - 130
BC11HBC board
3. Heat sink of HS1 on BC11HBC board 41.8 42.7 51.7 52.7 - 130
4. Heat sink of IC U1128 on
29.7 31.8 39.6 41.8 - 130
BC11SRSG board
5.Heat sink of IC U1168 on BC11SRSG
28.9 30.1 38.8 40.1 - 130
board
6.Heat sink of CPU2 on BC11SRSG
29.0 31.2 38.9 41.2 - 130
board
7.Surface of DIMM on BC11SRSG
26.1 27.3 36.0 37.3 - For ref.
board
8.Surface of Fan wire on BC11SRSG 105
26.0 27.0 35.9 37.0 -
board
9. Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSG 130
33.3 35.6 43.2 45.6 -
board
10.Heat sink of IC U1006 on 130
34.6 35.6 44.5 45.6 -
BC11ESMC board
11.Heat sink of IC U4 on BC11FGFA 130
31.0 32.9 40.9 42.9 -
board
12.Heat sink of HS1 on BC11ZIPA 130
34.6 35.9 44.5 45.9 -
board
14.DC output connector J9 of PSU 27.5 28.6 37.4 38.6 - 130
15.Surface of internal plastic enclosure 25.8 27.0 35.7 37.0 - 85
16. Enclosure of EUT 27.7 29.1 37.6 39.1 - 85
17.AC inlet of PSU 31.1 31.0 41.0 41.0 - 70
18.Transformer T5 winding of PSU 31.7 32.8 41.6 42.8 - 130
19. Transformer T5 core of PSU 32.2 33.2 42.1 43.2 - 90
20. Transformer T1 winding of PSU 28.3 29.4 38.2 39.4 - 90
21.Transformer T1 core of PSU 27.8 28.9 37.7 38.9 - 130
24. AC input L wire of PSU 33.3 31.9 43.2 41.9 85

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.5 25.0 35.0 35.0 - -
2. PCB of DC/DC convertor on
37.9 37.3 47.4 47.3 - 130
BC11HBC board
30.6 31.8 40.1 41.8 - 130
BC11SRSG board
31.4 31.1 40.9 41.1 - 130
board
31.5 42.8 41.0 52.8 - 130
board
7.Surface of Memory Bank on
28.1 30.2 37.6 40.2 - For ref.
BC11SRSG board
8.Surface of Fan wire on BC11SRSG
27.0 28.5 36.5 38.5 - 105
board
9. Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSG
37.3 37.1 46.8 47.1 - 130
board
10.Heat sink of IC U1006 on
36.8 36.2 46.3 46.2 - 130
BC11ESMC board
35.3 35.1 44.8 45.1 -
board
36.5 38.9 46.0 48.9 -
board
13. Heat sink of IC U1 on M2090 card 61.9 61.2 71.4 71.2 - 130
15.AC inlet of PSU 30.9 31.9 40.4 41.9 - 70
22. AC input L wire of PSU 32.3 33.0 41.8 43.0 - 105
23.Surface of internal plastic enclosure 26.5 29.3 36.0 39.3 85
24. Enclosure of EUT 26.4 26.3 35.9 36.3 70

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 23.7 23.5 35.0 35.0 - -
2.PCB of DC/DC convertor on 130
34.3 34.3 45.6 45.8 -
BC11HBC board
4. Heat sink of IC U1128 on 130
32.3 32.0 43.6 43.5 -
BC11SRSG board
5.Heat sink of IC U1168 on BC11SRSG 130
29.5 29.3 40.8 40.8 -
board
6.Heat sink of CPU2 on BC11SRSG 130
36.2 35.9 47.5 47.4 -
board
27.8 27.9 39.1 39.4 - For ref.
board
26.3 26.5 37.6 38.0 -
board
35.9 35.6 47.2 47.1 -
board
10.Heat sink of IC U1006 on 35.6 35.5 47.0 46.9 130
-
BC11ESMC board
34.0 33.6 45.3 45.1 -
board
35.5 35.4 46.8 46.9 -
board
13.Heat sink of IC U1 on M2090 card 63.5 63.4 74.8 74.9 - 130
15. Surface of internal plastic enclosure 26.2 26.3 37.5 37.8 - 85
16. Enclosure of EUT 29.4 29.5 40.7 41.0 - 70
17.AC inlet of PSU 30.2 29.6 41.5 41.1 - 70
18.Enternal L-wire of PSU 30.4 29.9 41.7 41.4 - 105
21.Transformer T202/T203 winding of 110
30.1 30.0 41.4 41.5 -
PSU
22.Transformer T202/T203 core of PSU 30.9 31.0 42.2 42.5 - 110
23.Transformer CT201 winding of PSU 30.9 30.4 42.2 41.9 - 110
24.Transformer CT201 core of PSU 30.6 30.7 41.9 42.2 - 110
26.Inductor L200 winding of PSU 33.8 31.5 45.1 43.0 - 130

27.Inductor L200 core of PSU 35.2 33.4 46.5 44.9 - 130
1.Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7H) of configuration 7;

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 23.0 26.8 35.0 35.0 - -
33.9 35.4 45.9 43.6 - 130
BC11HBC board
29.5 30.6 41.5 38.8 - 130
BC11SRSG board
29.1 30.4 41.1 38.6 - 130
board
32.5 33.0 44.5 41.2 - 130
board
27.2 28.6 39.2 36.8 - For ref.
board
26.7 27.5 38.7 35.7 - 105
board
33.3 34.6 45.3 42.8 - 130
board
34.7 36.1 46.7 44.3 - 130
BC11ESMC board
31.3 32.5 43.3 40.7 -
board
34.6 35.9 46.6 44.1 -
board
16. Enclosure of EUT 28.9 30.1 40.9 38.3 - 70
17.AC inlet of PSU 31.7 32.2 43.7 40.4 - 70

30.7 31.7 42.7 39.9 -
PSU
2.The EUT can be powered by two power supply units（1+1backup）.

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 Va.c 264 V - 
50Hz a.c 50Hz a.c
50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.0 23.9 35.0 35.0 - -
36.2 34.4 46.2 45.5 - 130
BC11HBC board
31.3 29.8 41.3 40.9 - 130
BC11SRSG board
31.1 29.5 41.1 40.6 - 130
board
32.1 31.3 42.1 42.4 - 130
board
7.Surface of dim on BC11SRSG board 29.7 27.9 39.7 39.0 - 130
28.7 26.9 38.7 38.0 - For ref.
board
35.2 33.2 45.2 44.3 - 130
board
38.1 36.2 48.1 47.3 - 130
BC11ESMC board

33.6 31.8 43.6 42.9 -
board
37.0 34.9 47.0 46.0 -
board
16. Enclosure of EUT 30.6 28.7 40.6 39.8 - 70
17.AC inlet of PSU 34.9 29.2 44.9 40.3 - 70
32.9 30.7 42.9 41.8 -
PSU

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 26.4 25.5 35.0 35.0 - -
41.1 38.1 49.7 47.6 - 130
BC11HBC board
35.2 30.8 43.8 40.3 -
BC11SRSG board
32.6 31.3 41.2 40.8 -
board

43.7 31.3 52.3 40.8 -
board
7.Surface of DIMM on BC11SRSG For ref.
34.6 29.1 43.2 38.6 -
board
34.3 27.6 42.9 37.1 -
board
41.3 37.1 49.9 46.6 -
board
46.3 35.5 54.9 45.0 -
BC11ESMC board
40.8 35.4 49.4 44.9 -
board
44.3 36.6 52.9 46.1 -
board
16. Enclosure of EUT 34.9 31.2 43.5 40.7 - 70
17.AC inlet of PSU 40.8 32.0 49.4 41.5 - 70
25. Transformer T202/T203 winding of 110
56.4 39.2 65.0 48.7 -
PSU
26. Transformer T202/T203 core of 110
54.9 36.5 63.5 46.0 -
PSU
27. Transformer CT200 winding of PSU 49.5 36.1 58.1 45.6 - 90
28. Inductor L1200 winding of PSU 63.4 36.9 72.0 46.4 - 130
29. Inductor L1200 core of PSU 59.7 35.4 68.3 44.9 - 130

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 23.2 23.6 35.0 35.0 - -

33.3 34.2 45.1 45.6 - 130
BC11HBC board
30.1 30.7 41.9 42.1 -
BC11SRSG board
29.1 29.8 40.9 41.2 -
board
29.9 30.7 41.7 42.1 -
board
25.7 26.3 37.5 37.7 -
board
26.4 27.1 38.2 38.5 -
board
34.8 35.5 46.6 46.9 -
board
34.6 35.2 46.4 46.6 -
BC11ESMC board
32.1 32.8 43.9 44.2 -
board
34.9 35.5 46.7 46.9 -
board
16. Enclosure of EUT 27.9 28.6 39.7 40.0 - 70
17.AC inlet of PSU 29.3 28.4 41.1 39.8 - 70
32.9 33.4 44.7 44.8 -
PSU
32.2 32.6 44.0 44.0 -
PSU
2.The EUT can be powered by two power supply units (1+1 backup).
Supply voltage (V) ..........................

90: V a.c 264 V 90 Va.c 264 V - 
50Hz a.c 50Hz a.c
50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.0 24.5 35.0 35.0 - -
34.3 39.3 44.3 47.6 - 130
BC11HBC board
32.0 33.9 42.0 40.3 -
BC11SRSG board
30.4 32.1 40.4 40.8 -
board
31.7 36.8 41.7 40.8 -
board
27.4 28.7 37.4 38.6 -
board
27.9 29.0 37.9 37.1 -
board
36.5 39.5 46.5 46.6 -
board
35.6 41.1 45.6 45.0 -
BC11ESMC board
33.7 36.2 43.7 46.7 -
board
35.9 38.9 45.9 49.4 -
board
16. Enclosure of EUT 29.1 31.3 39.1 41.8 - 70
17.AC inlet of PSU 31.5 30.8 41.5 41.3 - 70
34.4 36.2 44.4 46.7 -
PSU
33.6 35.0 43.6 45.5 -
PSU
Supply voltage (V) ..........................
-38.4
: V -72 V -38.4 V -72 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 23.5 24.2 35.0 35.0 - -
35.9 36.2 47.4 47.0 - 130
BC11HBC board
30.4 30.8 41.9 41.6 -
BC11SRSG board
30.3 30.8 41.8 41.6 -
board
32.0 32.7 43.5 43.5 -
board
29.8 30.3 41.3 41.1 -
board
27.8 28.1 39.3 38.9 -
board
33.7 34.3 45.2 45.1 -
board
36.4 36.9 47.9 47.7 -
BC11ESMC board
32.0 32.6 43.5 43.4 -
board
35.9 36.4 47.4 47.2 -
board
16. Enclosure of EUT 23.3 23.5 34.8 34.3 - 70
17.AC inlet of PSU 29.3 30.3 40.8 41.1 - 70
21.Heat sink of Transformer T3 of PSU 32.1 35.9 43.6 46.7 - 90
1.Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 6;
Supply voltage (V) ..........................

90: V a.c 264 V 90 Va.c 264 V - 
50Hz a.c 50Hz a.c
50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.7 25.6 35.0 35.0 - -
35.7 35.9 45.0 45.3 - 130
BC11HBC board
30.7 30.7 40.0 40.1 - 130
BC11SRSG board
30.3 30.4 39.6 39.8 - 130
board
32.1 32.0 41.4 41.4 - 130
board
29.7 29.8 39.0 39.2 - For ref.
board
28.1 28.0 37.4 37.4 - 105
board
33.6 33.6 42.9 43.0 - 130
board
36.2 36.3 45.5 45.7 - 130
BC11ESMC board
32.1 32.3 41.4 41.7 -
board
35.8 35.9 45.1 45.3 -
board
16. Enclosure of EUT 28.4 28.3 37.7 37.7 - 70
17.AC inlet of PSU 31.3 29.8 40.6 39.2 - 70
36.6 35.3 45.9 44.7 -
PSU
1.Tested with one EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800W-12A) of configuration 6;
Supply voltage (V) ..........................

90: V a.c 264 V 90 Va.c 264 V - 
50Hz a.c 50Hz a.c
50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 26.3 25.1 35.0 35.0 - -
35.7 35.4 44.4 45.3 - 130
BC11HBC board
30.3 30.2 39.0 40.1 - 130
BC11SRSG board
30.4 30.4 39.1 40.3 - 130
board
31.9 32.2 40.6 42.1 - 130
board
7.Surface of dimm on BC11SRSG
30.1 30.1 38.8 40.0 - For ref.
board
27.8 27.8 36.5 37.7 - 105
board
34.0 34.1 42.7 44.0 - 130
board
36.5 36.5 45.2 46.4 - 130
BC11ESMC board
32.4 32.6 41.1 42.5 -
board
35.9 35.7 44.6 45.6 -
board
16. Enclosure of EUT 23.8 23.2 32.5 33.1 - 70
17.AC lnlet of PSU 30.4 29.0 39.1 38.9 - 70
35.5 34.6 44.2 44.5 -
PSU
Supply voltage (V) ..........................90

: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 23.1 23.8 35.0 35.0 - -
T102 winding on PSU 46.9 44.5 58.8 55.7 - 90
T103 winding on PSU 48.2 46.1 60.1 57.3 - 90
T101 winding on PSU 59.4 54.6 71.3 65.8 - 130
T101 core on PSU 50.8 49.1 62.7 60.3 - 130
T901 winding on PSU 37.1 37.2 49.0 48.4 - 90
T901 core on PSU 35.3 35.4 47.2 46.6 - 90
Connector J9 on BC11SRSC board 37.6 36.3 49.5 47.5 - 85
Surface of Battery U17 on BC11SRSC
29.6 30.5 41.5 41.7 - 85
board
Heat sink IC U1028 on BC11ESMC
43.2 41.6 55.1 52.8 - 105
board
Heat sink IC CPU1 on BC11SRSC
53.1 46.9 65.0 58.1 - 105
board
Heat sink IC CPU2 on BS11SRSC
56.4 49.8 68.3 61.0 - 105
board
Heat sink IC U28 on BS11SRSC board 32.7 32.7 44.6 43.9 - 105
Connector J36 on BS11SRSC board 34.1 34.0 46.0 45.2 - 85
Heat sink IC U1 on CN21I2TA board 57.3 59.4 69.2 70.6 - 105
Heat sink IC U2 on BC11THBA board 46.0 45.1 57.9 56.3 - 105
Surface of SATA hard disk on EUT 40.6 39.5 52.5 50.7 - 105
23.8 24.5 35.7 35.7 - 70
ventilation
Test with one EMERSON PSU (model: EPW800W-12A) of configuration 2.
Tmax (C) class
Supply voltage (V) ..........................90

: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 23.6 23.0 35.0 35.0 - -
T600 winding on PSU 41.1 39.2 52.5 51.2 - 110
T600 core on PSU 43.8 42.0 55.2 54.0 - 110
T200 winding on PSU 41.3 39.1 52.7 51.1 - 110
T200 core on PSU 30.9 34.7 42.3 46.7 - 110
L100 on PSU 50.6 41.1 62.0 53.1 - 130
C002 on PSU 36.3 32.8 47.7 44.8 - 85
Surface of Battery U17 on BC11SRSC
38.6 35.4 50.0 47.4 - 85
board
Heat sink IC U1028 on BC11ESMD
76.7 72.3 88.1 84.3 - 105
board
Heat sink IC CPU1 on BC11SRSC
58.2 54.2 69.6 66.2 - 105
board
Heat sink IC CPU2 on BS11SRSC
53.6 50.1 65.0 62.1 - 105
board
Heat sink IC U28 on BS11SRSC board 40.9 37.5 52.3 49.5 - 105
Connector J36 on BS11SRSC board 32.5 29.6 43.9 41.6 - 105
Heat sink IC U1 on CN21I4GA board 61.6 58.2 73.0 70.2 - 105
Wind scooper 35.7 32.5 47.1 44.5 - 85
35.4 32.1 46.8 44.1 - 70
ventilation
Test with one LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXXX)of configuration 2. (Main board: BC11SRSC)
Tmax (C) class
Supply voltage (V) ..........................-38.4

: -72.0 -38.4 -72.0 - 
Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 26.8 25.1 35.0 35.0 - -
DC input connector of Emerson PSU 35.9 34.5 44.1 44.4 - 70
49.8 51.6 58.0 61.5 - 110
Emerson PSU
49.3 51.4 57.5 61.3 - 90
PSU
Surface of hard disk near Emerson
40.8 39.1 49.0 49.0 - 70
PSU
Input connector J10 of SRSC board 37.5 37.4 45.7 47.3 - 85
Heat sink CPU2 of SRSC board 53.0 55.6 61.2 65.5 - 105
PCB of J59 DIMM120 of SRSC board 37.7 36.0 45.9 45.9 - 105
Heat sink U1028 on ESMD of SRSC
73.3 74.4 81.5 84.3 - 105
board
Surface of battery U17 of SRSC board 37.2 36.7 45.4 46.6 - 70
Heat sink U1 on I2TA of SRSC board 45.4 64.7 53.6 74.6 - 105
30.7 30.8 38.9 40.7 - 105
ESMD of SRSC board
Top enclosure near Emerson PSU of
35.7 34.0 43.9 43.9 - 70
EUT
Test with one Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 2. (Main board: BC11SRSC)
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 

part/at: (C)
Ambient 23.9 23.9 35.0 35.0 - -
50.0 50.9 61.1 62.0 - 110
PSU
50.6 51.3 61.7 62.4 - 110
PSU
57.4 58.3 68.5 69.4 - 130
board
Surface of plastic enclosure 33.0 33.3 44.1 44.4 - 105
34.1 34.3 45.2 45.4 - 70
EUT
46.6 47.0 57.7 58.1 - 110
PSU
46.0 45.7 57.1 56.8 - 90
LITEON PSU
43.7 43.8 54.8 54.9 - 110
PSU
42.6 42.8 53.7 53.9 - 90
LITEON PSU
Test with one LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-6XXXXX)of configuration 1. (Main board: BC11SRSC)
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 

part/at: (C)
Ambient 28.0 26.1 35.0 35.0 - -
44.5 45.6 51.5 54.5 - 110
PSU
Core of transformer T200 of LITEON
46.4 48.0 53.4 56.9 - 110
PSU
Surface of hard disk near LITEON PSU 42.7 42.6 49.7 51.5 - 70
33.3 33.3 40.3 42.2 - 70
board
29.2 30.5 36.2 39.4 - 70
ESMD of SRSC board
35.4 35.4 42.4 44.3 - 105
EUT
43.3 45.3 50.3 54.2 - 110
PSU
42.6 44.0 49.6 52.9 - 90
LITEON PSU
39.8 40.8 46.8 49.7 - 110
PSU
38.9 39.9 45.9 48.8 - 90
LITEON PSU
Test with two LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-6XXXXX)of configuration 2. (Main board: BC11SRSC)
Tmax (C) class
Supply voltage (V) ..........................90

: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 28.2 28.7 35.0 35.0 - -
Capacitor C4782 on BC11SRSC board 46.7 46.1 53.5 52.4 - 85
Winding of transformer CT200 of LITE-
49.8 48.9 56.6 55.2 - 90
ON PSU（Class A）
Heat sink of cpu2 on BC11SRSC board 66.9 67.9 73.7 74.2 - 130
37.1 37.1 43.9 43.4 - 85
BC11SRSC board
45.8 46.4 52.6 52.7 - 130
BC11SRSC board
35.6 36.5 42.4 42.8 - 130
BC11THBC board
Suface of battery U17 on BC11SRSC
37.9 39.1 44.7 45.4 - 70
board
Chip U10 on BC11SRSC board 58.9 59.5 65.7 65.8 - 130
60.4 60.4 67.2 66.7 - 110
ON PSU（Class B）
70.4 71.8 77.2 78.1 - 110
ON PSU（Class B）
56.2 58.3 63.0 64.6 - 110
ON PSU（Class B）
56.4 58.3 63.2 64.6 - 110
ON PSU（Class B）
33.6 33.9 40.4 40.2 - 85
BC11SRSC board)
Test with one LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXXX)of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................-38.4
: -72.0 -38.4 -72.0 - 
Vdc V dc Vdc V dc
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 26.2 26.8 35.0 35.0 - -
Heat sink of cpu2 on BC11SRSC board 67.0 68.0 75.8 76.2 - 130
35.4 37.6 44.2 45.8 - 130
BC11SRSC board
44.2 45.5 53.0 53.7 - 130
BC11SRSC board
32.0 35.0 40.8 43.2 - 130
BC11THBC board
Surface of battery U17 on BC11SRSC
39.1 38.4 47.9 46.6 - 70
board
61.7 63.7 70.5 71.9 - 130
Emerson PSU（Class F）
63.1 65.1 71.9 73.3 - 130
PSU（Class F）
32.0 34.1 40.8 42.3 - 105
BC11SRSC board)
Test with one EMERSON PSU (model: TPS800-12D)of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

-
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................-38.4
: -72.0 -38.4 -72.0 - 
Vdc V dc Vdc V dc
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 23.9 25.0 35.0 35.0 - -
Transformer T2 winding in PSU(Class
60.4 63.2 71.5 73.2 - 130
F)
Transformer T2 core in PSU(Class F) 53.9 53.4 65.0 63.4 - 130
47.9 49.9 59.0 59.9 - 90
A)
Transformer T7 core in PSU(Class A) 42.7 44.5 53.8 54.5 - 90
31.8 33.6 42.9 43.6 - 110
B)
Transformer T1 core in PSU(Class B) 31.6 33.4 42.7 43.4 - 110
60.5 62.5 71.6 72.5 - 130
board
Heat sink of IC U14 on BC11SRSF
39.6 40.5 50.7 50.5 - 130
board
Heat sink SH1 on BC11ESMC board 36.8 38.2 47.9 48.2 - 130
34.3 35.1 45.4 45.1 - 130
board
Heat sink of IC CPU1 on BC11SRSF
50.0 50.8 61.1 60.8 - 130
board
39.9 40.8 51.0 50.8 - 130
board
Pedestal of NVIDIA QUADRO 4000 41.8 42.7 52.9 52.7 - 85
Airflow hood of NVIDIA QUADRO 4000 39.8 40.3 50.9 50.3 - 85
Surface of IC U8 on network card 46.1 47.0 57.2 57.0 - 130
Connector J93 on BC11SRSF board 30.7 32.0 41.8 42.0 - 85
Internal wire from PSU to BC11THBC
29.5 31.0 40.6 41.0 - 105
board
Internal wire from PSU to NVIDIA
29.9 31.3 41.0 41.3 - 105
QUADRO 4000
Airflow hood near IC CPU1 on

30.4 32.0 41.5 42.0 - 85
BC11SRSF board
Surface of hard disk in front of EUT 32.0 32.7 43.1 42.7 - 70
Surface of hard disk in back of EUT 32.9 34.2 44.0 44.2 - 70
Handle of hard disk in back of EUT 31.6 32.8 42.7 42.8 - 85
Bottom enclosure of EUT 38.8 39.4 49.9 49.4 - 70
Test with one VAPEL PSU (model: TPS800-12D)of configuration 3, (Main board: BC11SRSF)
-
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 22.5 22.9 35.0 35.0 - -
Transformer T200 winding in
38.6 37.2 51.1 49.3 - 130
PSU(Class B)
32.7 31.5 45.2 43.6 - 90
PSU(Class A)
Transformer CT201 wining in
31.0 30.2 43.5 42.3 - 90
PSU(Class A)
Transformer T600 surface in
30.1 29.5 42.6 41.6 - 110
PSU(Class B)
42.2 40.9 54.7 53.0 - 130
board
33.5 33.3 46.0 45.4 - 130
board
Heat sink SH1 on BC11ESMC board 32.0 31.7 44.5 43.8 - 130
40.5 40.4 53.0 52.5 - 130
board
Heat sink of IC CPU1 on BC11SRSF
36.1 35.7 48.6 47.8 - 130
board
35.7 35.6 48.2 47.7 - 130
board
Pedestal of NVIDIA QUADRO 4000 38.6 38.4 51.1 50.5 - 85

Airflow hood of NVIDIA QUADRO 4000 31.5 31.1 44.0 43.2 - 85
Surface of IC U8 on network card 37.5 37.1 50.0 49.2 - 130
Internal wire from PSU to BC11THBC
27.2 26.6 39.7 38.7 - 105
board
Internal wire from PSU to NVIDIA
26.4 25.8 38.9 37.9 - 105
QUADRO 4000
Airflow hood near IC CPU1 on
26.2 25.7 38.7 37.8 - 85
BC11SRSF board
Surface of hard disk in front of EUT 27.9 26.9 40.4 39.0 - 70
Surface of hard disk in back of EUT 28.6 28.0 41.1 40.1 - 70
Hadle of hard disk in back of EUT 28.1 27.5 40.6 39.6 - 85
Bottom enclosure of EUT 33.1 33.2 45.6 45.3 - 70
Test with two LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-7XXXXX)of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF)
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 24.4 24.5 35.0 35.0 - -
Internal wire of EUT 40.3 38.2 50.9 48.7 - 85
51.0 53.5 61.6 64.0 - 110
PSU
Transformer CT200(class B)core on
49.0 51.4 59.6 61.9 - 110
PSU
37.1 38.3 47.7 48.8 - 110
PSU
42.9 44.7 53.5 55.2 - 110
PSU

41.4 42.1 52.0 52.6 - 110
PSU
Transformer T600(class B)core on PSU 42.8 44.1 53.4 54.6 - 110
Connector J7 on BC11IHBA board 30.7 31.1 41.3 41.6 - 85
Wire surface between connector J7 and
30.4 30.7 41.0 41.2 - 85
J160
Heat sink CPU1 on BC11SRSC board 58.5 58.7 69.1 69.2 - 130
Heat sink CPU2 on BC11SRSC board 49.0 49.8 59.6 60.3 - 130
Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSC
45.8 46.1 56.4 56.6 - 130
board
DC/DC converter U1092 on
45.7 45.5 56.3 56.0 - 130
BC11SRSC board
Heat sink of Mosfet Q10 on BC11SRSC
37.6 37.8 48.2 48.3 - 130
board
40.1 40.5 50.7 51.0 - 130
board
The body of IC U8 on E1G42ET board 48.8 48.8 59.4 59.3 - 130
Quadro 2000 surface of EUT 71.6 71.3 82.2 81.8 - 85
The body of Hard disk of EUT 40.5 40.2 51.1 50.7 - 70
Thermal shield surface on BC11SRSC
35.4 35.0 46.0 45.5 - 85
board
Enclosure of EUT near ventilation
46.2 46.7 56.8 57.2 - 70
openings
Test with one LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-1XXXXX)of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSC)
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 24.2 24.6 35.0 35.0 - -
AC inlet of EUT 35.1 34.9 45.9 45.3 - 70

Heatsink of IC CPU1 on BC11SRSF
51.0 51.5 61.8 61.9 - 130
board
Heatsink of IC CPU2 on BC11SRSF
33.4 33.8 44.2 44.2 - 130
board
Connector DIMM31 on BC11SRSF
32.0 32.1 42.8 42.5 - 85
board
Heatsink of IC U24 on BC11SRSF
32.3 32.7 43.1 43.1 - 130
board
Heatsink of U2 on BC11FGEA board 36.5 36.9 47.3 47.3 - 130
Surface hard sink of EUT 25.8 26.0 36.6 36.4 - Reference
41.3 41.4 52.1 51.8 - 70
ventilation
added Tesla M2090)
2. The EUT can be powered by two(1+1 back up ) power supply units.
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................-38.4
: -72.0 -38.4 -72.0 - 
Vdc V dc Vdc V dc
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 22.7 24.1 35.0 35.0 - -
Transformer T1(Class B) winding on 110
35.5 36.8 47.8 47.7 -
PSU
Transformer T1(Class B) core on PSU 35.5 36.8 47.8 47.7 - 110
Transformer T7(Class A) winding on 90

41.4 42.4 53.7 53.3 -
PSU
Transformer T2(Class F) winding on 130
39.3 39.8 51.6 50.7 -
PSU
Inductor L3 winding on PSU 38.7 39.6 51.0 50.5 - 130
Transformer TR3(Class F) on PSU 41.7 41.8 54.0 52.7 - 130
Heatsink of IC CPU1 on BC11SRSF 130
46.6 48.6 58.9 59.5 -
board
Heatsink of IC CPU2 on BC11SRSF 130
31.9 33.6 44.2 44.5 -
board
Connector DIMM31 on BC11SRSF 85
32.9 32.2 45.2 43.1 -
board
Heatsink of IC U24 on BC11SRSF 130
31.9 32.5 44.2 43.4 -
board
Heatsink of U2 on BC11FGEA board 35.8 36.2 48.1 47.1 - 130
Surface hard sink of EUT 24.2 25.8 36.5 36.7 - Reference
Enclosure of EUT near openings 70
35.8 37.3 48.1 48.2 -
ventilation
1. Tested with one VAPEL PSU (model: TPS800-12D of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF,
added Tesla M2090)
2. The EUT can be powered by two (1+1 back up ) power supply units.
-
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
Ambient 26.8 26.9 35.0 35.0 - -
AC inlet of PSU 32.0 30.7 40.2 38.8 - 70

AC input connector on BC11SRSF
32.0 32.2 40.2 40.3 - 85
board
Internal wire between J37and GPU 35.6 35.9 43.8 44.0 - 85
Heat sink of IC U1006 on BC11ESWC
38.5 38.6 46.7 46.7 - 130
board
Heat sink of CPU on BC11SRSF board 56.0 51.8 64.2 59.9 - 130
40.3 41.0 48.5 49.1 - 130
board
48.6 47.4 56.8 55.5 - 130
board
DC input connector J18 of BC11THBC
28.1 28.0 36.3 36.1 - 85
board
Heat sink on of IC U4 on BC11FGEA
40.2 40.8 48.4 48.9 - 130
board
42.5 43.0 50.7 51.1 - 130
board
Heat sink copper of M2090 56.6 57.1 64.8 65.2 - 130
27.8 27.8 36.0 35.9 - 70
ventilation
Test with one LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-7XXXXX)of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF)
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 24.5 25.7 35.0 35.0 - -
2.Heat sink of HS1 on BC11THCB 130
41.0 25.6 51.5 34.9 -
board
3.DC/DC conventor on BC11THCB 130

37.8 36.5 48.3 45.8 -
board
4.Heat sink of IC U14 on BC11SRSF 130
33.1 30.4 43.6 39.7 -
board
5.Heat sink of CPU2 on BC11SRSF 130
38.5 32.9 49.0 42.2 -
board
32.2 31.7 42.7 41.0 -
board
32.7 32.2 43.2 41.5 -
board
29.5 28.0 40.0 37.3 -
board
9.Heat sink of HS1 on BC11FXEB 130
37.8 36.8 48.3 46.1 -
board
10.DC output connector J9 on 85
27.6 27.0 38.1 36.3 -
BC11SRF board
11.Fan wire on BC11SRSF board 26.9 26.8 37.4 36.1 - 105
12.Heat sink of HS1 on BC11ESMC 130
33.0 33.2 43.5 42.5 -
board
13.Heat sink of IC U1 on CN21I2TA 130
40.8 42.0 51.3 51.3 -
board
14.Heat sink of IC U13 on CN21ITGA 130
33.6 32.8 44.1 42.1 -
board
15.Surface of DIMM on BC11SRSF For ref.
27.0 28.0 37.5 37.3 -
board
17.AC lnlet of PSU 32.3 33.6 42.8 42.9 - 70
19.Tranformer T600 winding of PSU 36.9 29.3 47.4 38.6 - 130
22.Tranformer T5 core of PSU 33.2 29.3 43.7 38.6 - 130
26.Enclosure of EUT 26.8 26.0 37.3 35.3 - 70
Test with one EMERSON PSU (model: EPW460-12A-G)of configuration 4.
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 

Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 26.3 24.3 35.0 35.0 - -
40.1 41.2 48.8 51.9 -
board
37.4 37.5 46.1 48.2 -
board
31.8 32.6 40.5 43.3 -
board
35.6 38.3 44.3 49.0 -
board
31.7 31.6 40.4 42.3 -
board
32.0 32.3 40.7 43.0 -
board
29.3 29.3 38.0 40.0 -
board
38.6 37.3 47.3 48.0 -
board
27.4 27.3 36.1 38.0 -
BC11SRF board
33.1 32.6 41.8 43.3 -
board
41.8 40.7 50.5 51.4 -
board
34.3 33.3 43.0 44.0 -
board
26.8 26.5 35.5 37.2 -
board
17.AC lnlet of PSU 65.9 32.0 74.6 42.7 - 70
26.Enclosure of EUT 26.6 26.5 35.3 37.2 - 70
Test with EMERSON PSU (model: EPW460-12A-G)of configuration 5.
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 24.5 24.8 35.0 35.0 - -
41.1 39.9 51.6 50.1 -
board
38.1 37.1 48.6 47.3 -
board
31.0 31.2 41.5 41.4 -
board
33.2 33.3 43.7 43.5 -
board
32.9 32.9 43.4 43.1 -
board
31.7 31.8 42.2 42.0 -
board
28.5 28.7 39.0 38.9 -
board
39.2 39.1 49.7 49.3 -
board
26.8 27.0 37.3 37.2 -
BC11SRF board
32.9 33.1 43.4 43.3 -
board
43.2 42.6 53.7 52.8 -
board
33.9 33.9 44.4 44.1 -
board
26.5 26.6 37.0 36.8 -
board
16.Heat sink of IC U1 on M2090 card 66.5 66.5 77.0 76.7 - 130
17.AC lnlet of PSU 29.1 29.0 39.6 39.2 - 70
35.Enclosure of EUT 28.4 28.4 38.9 38.6 - 70
Test with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-7XXX)of configuration 5.
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 23.1 23.6 35.0 35.0 - -
39.8 40.8 51.7 52.2 -
board
36.8 37.4 48.7 48.8 -
board
30.8 31.4 42.7 42.8 -
board
36.2 36.8 48.1 48.2 -
board
33.0 33.6 44.9 45.0 -
board
32.6 33.2 44.5 44.6 -
board
28.4 29.0 40.3 40.4 -
board
37.1 37.8 49.0 49.2 -
board
26.9 27.5 38.8 38.9 -
BC11SRF board
32.2 32.9 44.1 44.3 -
board

41.1 41.8 53.0 53.2 -
board
32.7 33.2 44.6 44.6 -
board
28.2 28.8 40.1 40.2 -
board
17.AC lnlet of PSU 29.8 29.8 41.7 41.2 - 70
35.Enclosure of EUT 27.3 27.8 39.2 39.2 - 70
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................90
: V 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H a.c/50H
z z z z
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.8 24.7 35.0 35.0 - -

41.5 40.5 50.7 50.8 -
board
37.5 38.6 46.7 48.9 -
board
32.5 33.4 41.7 43.7 -
board
38.1 39.2 47.3 49.5 -
board
32.3 33.2 41.5 43.5 -
board
33.6 34.3 42.8 44.6 -
board
30.0 31.0 39.2 41.3 -
board
38.0 38.7 47.2 49.0 -
board
28.2 29.3 37.4 39.6 -
BC11SRF board
33.3 34.6 42.5 44.9 -
board
43.0 43.3 52.2 53.6 -
board
34.0 35.6 43.2 45.9 -
board
28.4 30.4 37.6 40.7 -
board
17.AC lnlet of PSU 35.3 31.7 44.5 42.0 - 70
35.Enclosure of EUT 28.4 29.5 37.6 39.8 - 70
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 26.4 26.4 35.0 35.0 - -
52.5 43.6 61.1 52.2 -
board
45.4 39.2 54.0 47.8 -
board
32.6 32.6 41.2 41.2 -
board
39.6 35.4 48.2 44.0 -
board
33.2 32.7 41.8 41.3 -
board
33.0 32.6 41.6 41.2 -
board
31.1 30.2 39.7 38.8 -
board
44.4 39.6 53.0 48.2 -
board
28.7 29.3 37.3 37.9 -
BC11SRF board
38.1 34.2 46.7 42.8 -
board
52.0 41.9 60.6 50.5 -
board
37.7 36.5 46.3 45.1 -
board
29.2 30.1 37.8 38.7 -
board
18.Enclosure of EUT 28.6 29.6 37.2 38.2 - 70
19.AC Inlet of PSU 34.5 38.3 43.1 46.9 - 70
20.AC input L-wire of PSU 31.0 31.4 39.6 40.0 - 105

130
33.Inductor L100 core of PSU 42.4 42.3 51.0 50.9 -
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 24.5 24.2 35.0 35.0 - -
41.5 40.8 52.0 51.6 -
board
37.9 37.1 48.4 47.9 -
board
31.6 31.0 42.1 41.8 -
board
37.1 36.2 47.6 47.0 -
board
34.5 33.8 45.0 44.6 -
board
33.0 32.2 43.5 43.0 -
board
29.4 28.8 39.9 39.6 -
board

38.3 37.6 48.8 48.4 -
board
27.8 27.2 38.3 38.0 -
BC11SRF board
33.8 33.2 44.3 44.0 -
board
41.1 40.5 51.6 51.3 -
board
34.6 34.0 45.1 44.8 -
board
29.5 28.7 40.0 39.5 -
board
18.Enclosure of EUT 28.8 28.2 39.3 39.0 - 70
19.AC Inlet of PSU 30.0 29.0 40.5 39.8 - 70
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 

part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.9 25.7 35.0 35.0 - -
41.4 41.6 50.5 50.9 -
board
37.8 38.1 46.9 47.4 -
board
31.4 31.5 40.5 40.8 -
board
36.8 37.1 45.9 46.4 -
board
34.4 34.6 43.5 43.9 -
board
32.9 33.0 42.0 42.3 -
board
29.5 29.6 38.6 38.9 -
board
38.2 38.6 47.3 47.9 -
board
27.9 28.2 37.0 37.5 -
BC11SRF board
33.8 34.1 42.9 43.4 -
board
40.7 41.2 49.8 50.5 -
board
34.6 35.1 43.7 44.4 -
board
29.4 29.6 38.5 38.9 -
board
18.Enclosure of EUT 28.7 29.0 37.8 38.3 - 70
19.AC Inlet of PSU 31.4 29.7 40.5 39.0 - 70
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
-38.4
: V -72.0 V -38.4 V -72.0 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 24.5 24.9 35.0 35.0 - -
45.9 40.6 56.4 50.7 -
board
41.4 39.2 51.9 49.3 -
board
36.1 33.5 46.6 43.6 -
board
42.5 40.2 53.0 50.3 -
board
34.4 33.9 44.9 44.0 -
board
35.6 33.9 46.1 44.0 -
board
36.7 34.0 47.2 44.1 -
board
42.4 39.9 52.9 50.0 -
board
30.5 30.9 41.0 41.0 -
BC11SRF board
38.6 35.9 49.1 46.0 -
board
55.6 53.5 66.1 63.6 -
board
41.9 40.8 52.4 50.9 -
board
30.8 29.1 41.3 39.2 -
board
18.Enclosure of EUT 32.0 31.0 42.5 41.1 - 70
19.AC Inlet of PSU 31.6 31.9 42.1 42.0 - 70

23.Heat sink of Transformer T3 of PSU 36.4 40.1 46.9 50.2 - 90
Test with EMERSON PSU (model: TPS800-12D)of configuration 4.
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 26.3 24.5 35.0 35.0 - -
42.7 41.8 51.4 52.3 -
board
39.5 39.4 48.2 49.9 -
board
32.3 32.0 41.0 42.5 -
board
37.8 37.6 46.5 48.1 -
board
35.3 34.9 44.0 45.4 -
board
34.1 33.9 42.8 44.4 -
board
30.4 30.1 39.1 40.6 -
board
38.8 38.6 47.5 49.1 -
board
29.0 28.7 37.7 39.2 -
BC11SRF board
35.2 35.0 43.9 45.5 -
board
43.2 42.7 51.9 53.2 -
board
35.4 34.7 44.1 45.2 -
board
30.4 30.3 39.1 40.8 -
board
18.Enclosure of EUT 29.5 29.3 38.2 39.8 - 70

19.AC Inlet of PSU 31.4 30.5 40.1 41.0 - 70
27. Inductor JM1U101 winding of PSU 40.2 38.0 48.9 48.5 - 130
28.Inductor JM1U101 core of PSU 38.0 36.4 46.7 46.9 - 130
Test with EMERSON PSU (model: EPW800-12A)of configuration 4.
Tmax (C) class
Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 28.0 28.1 35.0 35.0 - -
43.3 43.5 50.3 50.4 -
board
38.9 39.1 45.9 46.0 -
board
34.9 34.8 41.9 41.7 -
board
41.2 41.3 48.2 48.2 -
board
34.9 34.9 41.9 41.8 -
board
34.7 34.8 41.7 41.7 -
board
35.2 35.1 42.2 42.0 -
board
40.8 40.9 47.8 47.8 -
board
31.7 31.8 38.7 38.7 -
BC11SRF board

37.4 37.4 44.4 44.3 -
board
53.2 52.9 60.2 59.8 -
board
41.1 41.0 48.1 47.9 -
board
15.Surface of dimm on BC11SRSF For ref.
32.2 32.0 39.2 38.9 -
board
18.Enclosure of EUT 31.9 31.8 38.9 38.7 - 70
19.AC Inlet of PSU 38.2 34.6 45.2 41.5 - 70
Test with LITEON PSU (model: EPW800-12A)of configuration 4.
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 23.5 26.8 40.0 40.0 - -
2.DC output connector of PSU 39.1 37.4 55.6 50.6 - 85
3.Connector J3 Surface on BC11PSBC 85
38.8 37.1 55.3 50.3 -
board
37.8 36.0 54.3 49.2 -
board
5.Heat sink of IC U1028 on BC11ESMC 130
45.8 44.8 62.3 58.0 -
board
6.HS1 of IC U13 on on CN21ITGA 130

42.5 41.5 59.0 54.7 -
board
7.T12 on BC11SRSI board 36.2 34.9 52.7 48.1 - 130
8.Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSI 130
42.1 41.4 58.6 54.6 -
board
9.Heat sink of GPU NVIDIA card 48.2 46.6 64.7 59.8 - 130
10.Heat sink of IC U8 of E1G44HT 130
38.6 36.8 55.1 50.0 -
board
11.Surface of memory bank 44.4 42.7 60.9 55.9 - For ref
12.Heat sink of CPU1 on BC11SRSI 130
37.6 35.7 54.1 48.9 -
board
13. Heat sink of CPU1 on BC11SRSI 130
37.8 36.4 54.3 49.6 -
board
14.Heat sink of IC U4 on BC11THBC 130
35.1 33.4 51.6 46.6 -
board
15.AC inlet of PSU 37.6 35.5 54.1 48.7 - 70
16.Transformer T205 winding on PSU 50.3 47.6 66.8 60.8 - 90
17.Transformer T205 core on PSU 48.6 46.6 65.1 59.8 - 90
24.Enclosure near PSU of EUT 30.4 32.7 46.9 45.9 - 70
1.Test with DELTA PSU (model: DPS-460DB-12A)of configuration 1.
2.Test with RH2288A V2
3.Test No. SYBH(A)01489226
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 26.1 26.4 40.0 40.0 - -
36.1 36.0 50.0 49.6 -
board

35.0 35.1 48.9 48.7 -
board
45.9 44.4 59.8 58.0 -
BC11ESMC board
39.9 39.5 53.8 53.1 -
board
7.T12 on BC11SRSI board 33.2 32.9 47.1 46.5 - 130
40.7 38.3 54.6 51.9 -
board
36.4 34.9 50.3 48.5 -
board
35.5 35.4 49.4 49.0 -
board
34.7 34.8 48.6 48.4 -
board
37.8 32.1 51.7 45.7 -
board
15.AC inlet of PSU 34.3 34.3 48.2 47.9 - 70
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 26.8 26.9 40.0 40.0 - -

35.2 35.5 48.4 48.6 -
board
33.9 34.3 47.1 47.4 -
board
43.1 43.4 56.3 56.5 -
BC11ESMC board
39.5 39.7 52.7 52.8 -
board
7.T12 on BC11SRSI board 33.0 33.2 46.2 46.3 - 130
38.3 38.6 51.5 51.7 -
board
10.Heat sink of IC U8 ofE1G44HT 130
34.7 34.9 47.9 48.0 -
board
34.5 34.7 47.7 47.8 -
board
34.6 34.8 47.8 47.9 -
board
42.9 43.0 56.1 56.1 -
board
15.AC inlet of PSU 35.7 35.6 48.9 48.7 - 70
1.Test with HUAWEI PSU (model: EPW460-12A)of configuration 1.
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 

part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.9 29.0 40.0 40.0 - -
34.1 36.4 48.2 47.4 -
board
33.6 35.9 47.7 46.9 -
board
41.7 43.6 55.8 54.6 -
board
38.6 40.8 52.7 51.8 -
board
7.T12 on BC11SRSI board 32.1 34.4 46.2 45.4 - 130
37.8 40.0 51.9 51.0 -
board
10.Heat sink of IC U8 ofE1G44HT 130
33.6 35.9 47.7 46.9 -
board
33.5 35.6 47.6 46.6 -
board
33.6 36.1 47.7 47.1 -
board
42.1 44.5 56.2 55.5 -
board
15.AC inlet of PSU 33.1 35.0 47.2 46.0 - 70
Tmax (C) class
Supply voltage (V) ..........................

90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 29.2 28.6 40.0 40.0 - -
36.2 37.4 47.0 48.8 -
board
36.4 36.5 47.2 47.9 -
board
43.6 44.0 54.4 55.4 -
board
40.8 41.1 51.6 52.5 -
board
7.T12 on BC11SRSI board 34.7 34.8 45.5 46.2 - 130
40.0 40.1 50.8 51.5 -
board
36.3 36.3 47.1 47.7 -
board
35.7 36.2 46.5 47.6 -
board
36.1 36.2 46.9 47.6 -
board
45.1 45.2 55.9 56.6 -
board
15.AC inlet of PSU 35.9 35.9 46.7 47.3 - 70
18.Transformer CT201 winding on PSU 40.8 50.7 51.6 62.1 - 90
29.Transformer T730 surface on PSU 43.2 49.8 54.0 61.2 - 90
1.Test with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-7H)of configuration 1.
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 26.2 28.0 26.2 40.0 - -
34.4 36.5 34.4 36.5 -
board
33.6 35.6 33.6 35.6 -
board
41.5 43.0 41.5 43.0 -
board
40.8 40.8 40.8 40.8 -
board
7.T12 on BC11SRSI board 31.7 34.2 31.7 34.2 - 130
36.8 39.2 36.8 39.2 -
board
33.0 35.4 33.0 35.4 -
board
33.3 35.4 47.1 47.4 -
board
33.3 35.6 47.1 47.6 -
board
43.3 44.2 57.1 56.2 -
board
15.AC inlet of PSU 33.3 35.3 47.1 47.3 - 70
29.Transformer T730 surface on PSU 47.0 49.2 60.8 61.2 - 90
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.8 24.2 40.0 40.0 - -
2.Connector J9 of PSU on 85
32.2 32.0 46.4 47.8 -
BC11SRSG board
3.Connector J36 on BC11SRSG board 31.3 31.3 45.5 47.1 - 85
46.7 46.7 60.9 62.5 -
board
36.5 36.7 50.7 52.5 -
BC11SRSG board
7.Hearsink of CPU1on BC11SRSG 130
44.5 45.8 58.7 61.6 -
board
8.HS1 on CN21ITGA board 35.4 35.8 49.6 51.6 - 130
9.HS1 on BC11ESMC board 43.8 43.7 58.0 59.5 - 130
10.Heat sink of IC U4 on BC11FGEA 130
39.2 40.1 53.4 55.9 -
board
43.3 44.3 57.5 60.1 -
board
12.Heat sink of GPU 51.3 52.1 65.5 67.9 - 130
42.5 43.2 56.7 59.0 -
board
14.Surface of Hard disk 33.4 33.2 47.6 49.0 - For ref
15.Enclosure near GPU 28.7 29.1 42.9 44.9 - 70
16.Ac inlet of PSU 35.9 32.3 50.1 48.1 - 70
19.Transformer T1winding on PSU 38.5 38.6 52.7 54.4 - 130

2.Test with RH2288H V2
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.0 24.9 40.0 40.0 - -
32.1 32.1 47.1 47.2 -
BC11SRSG board
46.4 46.4 61.4 61.5 -
board
36.5 36.5 51.5 51.6 -
BC11SRSG board
44.3 44.3 59.3 59.4 -
board
39.2 39.1 54.2 54.2 -
board
43.6 43.5 58.6 58.6 -
board
12.Heat sink of GPU 46.5 46.4 61.5 61.5 - 130
42.4 42.3 57.4 57.4 -
board
16.Ac inlet of PSU 31.7 31.4 46.7 46.5 - 70

Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 24.3 23.6 40.0 40.0 - -
27.9 27.4 43.6 43.8 -
BC11SRSG board
36.6 35.9 52.3 52.3 -
board
31.2 30.8 46.9 47.2 -
BC11SRSG board
42.8 42.0 58.5 58.4 -
board
36.3 35.6 52.0 52.0 -
board
40.6 39.9 56.3 56.3 -
board
12.Heat sink of GPU 30.8 30.1 46.5 46.5 - 130
41.7 42.1 57.4 58.5 -
board
37.AC inlet of PSU 30.5 28.4 46.2 44.8 - 70

Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.9 25.5 40.0 40.0 - -
29.6 29.7 43.7 44.2 -
BC11SRSG board
39.9 40.1 54.0 54.6 -
board
32.7 32.9 46.8 47.4 -
BC11SRSG board
38.4 38.4 52.5 52.9 -
board
36.4 36.4 50.5 50.9 -
board
39.9 39.9 54.0 54.4 -
board
12.Heat sink of GPU 35.4 35.3 49.5 49.8 - 130
36.5 37.1 50.6 51.6 -
board
37.AC inlet of PSU 30.5 30.3 44.6 44.8 - 70

Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 23.7 23.9 40.0 40.0 - -
27.2 28.9 43.5 45.0 -
BC11SRSG board
38.0 38.6 54.3 54.7 -
board
31.2 32.0 47.5 48.1 -
BC11SRSG board
33.2 33.6 49.5 49.7 -
board
33.2 33.9 49.5 50.0 -
board
35.7 36.4 52.0 52.5 -
board
12.Heat sink of GPU 34.2 36.5 50.5 52.6 - 130
40.3 44.5 56.6 60.6 -
board
16.AC inlet of PSU 29.6 29.8 45.9 45.9 - 70

19.T200 winding on PSU 27.6 29.0 43.9 45.1 - 130
21.Transformer T1core on PSU 38.3 39.9 54.6 56.0 - 90
22.Transformer T205 winidng on PSU 35.4 36.6 51.7 52.7 - 90
1.Test with LITEON PSU (model: DPS-460DB-12A)of configuration 2.
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 23.5 22.8 40.0 40.0 - -
27.6 27.7 44.1 44.9 -
BC11SRSG board
38.2 38.3 54.7 55.5 -
board
31.7 31.8 48.2 49.0 -
BC11SRSG board
33.6 33.6 50.1 50.8 -
board
33.7 33.8 50.2 51.0 -
board
36.3 36.5 52.8 53.7 -
board
12.Heat sink of GPU 34.8 34.9 51.3 52.1 - 130
39.3 38.9 55.8 56.1 -
board
15.Enclosure near GPU of EUT 26.6 26.7 43.1 43.9 - 70

16.AC inlet of PSU 28.4 28.4 44.9 45.6 - 85
19.T200 winding on PSU 27.8 27.9 44.3 45.1 - 130
21.Transformer T1core on PSU 39.9 38.6 56.4 55.8 - 90
22.Transformer T205 winidng on PSU 36.4 35.5 52.9 52.7 - 90
1.Test with LITEON PSU (model: DPS-460DB-12A)of configuration 2.
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 26.5 26.2 35.0 35.0 - -
30.4 31.0 38.9 39.8 -
board
30.1 30.7 38.6 39.5 -
board
36.8 37.4 45.3 46.2 -
board
35.8 36.3 44.3 45.1 -
board
7.T12 on BC11SRSIR board 31.9 32.4 40.4 41.2 - 130
8.Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSIR 130
34.4 35.0 42.9 43.8 -
board
10.Internal wire between SDD and J4 28.7 27.2 37.2 36.0 - 105
12. SDD surface 31.4 32.1 39.9 40.9 - 130
13. Heat sink of CPU1 on BC11SRSK 130

27.1 27.5 35.6 36.3 -
board
14.Connector Surface on BC11EHBB 85
27.1 27.6 35.6 36.4 -
board
15.AC inlet of PSU 34.6 34.1 43.1 42.9 - 70
23.Enclosure near CPU of EUT 27.8 28.3 36.3 37.1 - 70
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 24.8 25.5 35.0 35.0 - -
29.5 30.6 39.7 40.1 -
board
29.1 30.0 39.3 39.5 -
board
34.5 37.3 44.7 46.8 -
board
35.2 36.1 45.4 45.6 -
board
7.T12 on BC11SRSK board 31.4 32.9 41.6 42.4 - 130
8.Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSK 130
33.2 35.8 43.4 45.3 -
board

12. SDD surface 26.4 29.3 36.6 38.8 - 130
29.7 32.5 39.9 42.0 -
board
27.0 29.2 37.2 38.7 -
board
15.AC inlet of PSU 32.6 33.4 42.8 42.9 - 70
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 26.7 26.4 35.0 35.0 - -
30.4 30.5 38.7 39.1 -
board
30.1 30.1 38.4 38.7 -
board
36.4 36.3 44.7 44.9 -
board
35.4 35.3 43.7 43.9 -
board
7.T12 on BC11SRSKboard 32.2 32.1 40.5 40.7 - 130

34.5 34.3 42.8 42.9 -
board
2. SDD surface 31.3 31.3 39.6 39.9 - 130
27.3 27.4 35.6 36.0 -
board
27.3 27.4 35.6 36.0 -
board
15.AC inlet of PSU 33.2 32.4 41.5 41.0 - 70
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.4 24.9 35.0 35.0 - -
29.9 29.5 39.5 39.6 -
board
29.4 29.1 39.0 39.2 -
board
34.9 38.0 44.5 48.1 -
board
35.4 35.0 45.0 45.1 -
board
7.T12 on BC11SRSKboard 33.1 32.6 42.7 42.7 - 130

33.8 34.5 43.4 44.6 -
board
2. SDD surface 27.6 27.3 37.2 37.4 - 130
30.0 29.7 39.6 39.8 -
board
27.1 26.9 36.7 37.0 -
board
15.AC inlet of PSU 32.0 31.5 41.6 41.6 - 70
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.9 26.7 35.0 35.0 - -
32.0 32.9 41.1 41.2 -
board
31.7 32.7 40.8 41.0 -
board

44.1 39.0 53.2 47.3 -
board
37.4 37.4 46.5 45.7 -
board
7.T12 on BC11SRSK board 32.8 32.8 41.9 41.1 - 130
35.7 34.4 44.8 42.7 -
board
12. SDD surface 31.5 32.5 40.6 40.8 - 130
27.1 28.5 36.2 36.8 -
board
28.0 31.0 37.1 39.3 -
board
15.AC inlet of PSU 36.7 36.9 45.8 45.2 - 70
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 25.5 25.5 35.0 35.0 - -
30.1 30.0 39.6 39.5 -
board

29.7 29.7 39.2 39.2 -
board
35.5 36.1 45.0 45.6 -
board
36.1 37.9 45.6 47.4 -
board
7.T12 on BC11SRSK board 32.1 32.0 41.6 41.5 - 130
33.9 33.9 43.4 43.4 -
board
12. SDD surface 28.1 31.4 37.6 40.9 - 130
30.7 30.7 40.2 40.2 -
board
27.6 28.9 37.1 38.4 -
board
15.AC inlet of PSU 33.8 33.6 43.3 43.1 - 70
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 23.2 24.5 35.0 35.0 - -
2.DC output connector J2 of PSU on 85

34.2 25.4 46.0 35.9 -
BC11PSBC board
3.Connector J3 on BC11PSBC board 32.7 34.6 44.5 45.1 - 85
40.3 41.6 52.1 52.1 -
board
37.0 38.0 48.8 48.5 -
board
36.3 38.3 48.1 48.8 -
board
34.3 36.2 46.1 46.7 -
board
37.5 39.0 49.3 49.5 -
board
10.Heat sink of IC on ES3000 card 39.1 40.2 50.9 50.7 - 130
11.Heat sink of IC U9 on interal card 32.6 33.6 44.4 44.1 - 130
41.8 41.7 53.6 52.2 -
board
15.hard disk on BC11SRSI board 31.2 32.5 43.0 43.0 - For ref.
16.T600 winding on PSU 63.2 87.8 75.0 98.3 - 130
17.AC inlet of SU 35.2 39.4 47.0 49.9 - 70
18.T600 core on PSU 60.0 84.4 71.8 94.9 - 130
19.T1 winding on PSU 36.2 43.0 48.0 53.5 - 90
20.T1 core on PSU 36.9 43.6 48.7 54.1 - 90
21.T5 core on PSU 40.5 52.2 52.3 62.7 - 130
22.Enclosure of EUT 27.1 27.5 38.9 38.0 - 70
23.T5 winding on PSU 43.6 55.0 55.4 65.5 - 130
1.Test with EMERSON PSU (model: EPW460-12A-G).
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 23.3 28.7 35.0 35.0 - -
2.DC output connector J2 of PSU on

37.4 37.9 49.1 44.2 - 85
BC11PSBC board
3.Connector J3 on BC11PSBC board 37.1 37.8 48.8 44.1 - 85
4.Heat sink of IC U1028 on BC11ESMC
45.2 45.7 56.9 52.0 - 130
board
5.Heat sink of IC U13 on CN21ITGA
41.8 42.4 53.5 48.7 - 130
board
7.Heat sink of CPU1 on BC11SRSI
40.9 41.5 52.6 47.8 - 130
board
8.Heat sink of CPU2 on BC11SRSI
40.1 40.7 51.8 47.0 - 130
board
9.Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSI
43.7 44.2 55.4 50.5 - 130
board
10.Heat sink of IC on ES3000 card 33.6 34.0 45.3 40.3 - 130
11.Heat sink of IC U9 on interal card 38.3 38.9 50.0 45.2 - 130
45.8 46.4 57.5 52.7 -
board
15.hard disk on BC11SRSI board 35.4 36.1 47.1 42.4 - For ref.
16.AC inlet of SU 39.1 43.9 50.8 50.2 - 70
17.T200 winding on PSU 57.7 65.5 69.4 71.8 - 110
18.T200 core on PSU 55.2 61.6 66.9 67.9 - 110
19.T600 winding on PSU 50.4 58.0 62.1 64.3 - 110
20.T600 core on PSU 45.2 52.2 56.9 58.5 - 110
21.CT200 winding on PSU 48.0 54.7 59.7 61.0 - 110
22.Enclosure of EUT 30.7 32.0 42.4 38.3 - 70
23.T203 winding on PSU 50.0 57.9 61.7 64.2 - 110
24.T202 winding on PSU 45.6 52.6 57.3 58.9 110
1.Test with LETION PSU (model: PS-2461-1H).
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 23.8 23.5 35.0 35.0 - -

16.T600 core on PSU 55.1 54.6 66.3 66.1 - 130
17.AC inlet of SU 41.1 38.8 52.3 50.3 - 70
18.T600 winding on PSU 54.0 53.2 65.2 64.7 - 130
19.T1 winding on PSU 36.5 36.2 47.7 47.7 - 90
20.T1 core on PSU 37.0 36.6 48.2 48.1 - 90
21.T5 core on PSU 39.9 39.4 51.1 50.9 - 130
23.T5 winding on PSU 43.0 42.3 54.2 53.8 - 130
25.PSU output connector on 85
35.5 35.2 46.7 46.7 -
BC11PSBC board
41.1 40.8 52.3 52.3 -
BC11ESMC board
27. Heat sink of IC U13 on CN21ITGA 130
37.5 37.2 48.7 48.7 -
board
35.2 34.9 46.4 46.4 -
board
33.9 33.6 45.1 45.1 -
board
30. Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSI 130
36.3 36.2 47.5 47.7 -
board
31.Heat sink of GPU card 54.4 55.6 65.6 67.1 - 130
32.Connector J4 on BC11SRSI board 32.4 32.0 43.6 43.5 - 85
33.Interal wire 34.0 33.8 45.2 45.3 - 105
34.Surface of hard disk 29.5 28.6 40.7 40.1 - For ref.
35.Enclosure of EUT near GPU card 30.3 30.2 41.5 41.7 - 70
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 24.0 23.5 35.0 35.0 - -
16.AC inlet of SU 38.3 37.1 49.3 48.6 - 70
17.T200 winding on PSU 52.3 51.3 63.3 62.8 - 110

18.T200 core on PSU 48.9 48.6 59.9 60.1 - 110
19.T600 winding on PSU 44.6 43.9 55.6 55.4 - 110
20.T600 core on PSU 42.4 40.9 53.4 52.4 - 110
21.CT200 winding on PSU 42.0 41.3 53.0 52.8 - 110
23.T203 winding on PSU 44.9 43.9 55.9 55.4 - 110
24.T202 winding on PSU 42.2 40.6 53.2 52.1 - 110
25.PSU output connector on 85
37.0 35.4 48.0 46.9 -
BC11PSBC board
42.6 40.7 53.6 52.2 -
BC11ESMC board
27. Heat sink of IC U13 on CN21ITGA 130
40.0 36.9 51.0 48.4 -
board
36.0 34.6 47.0 46.1 -
board
34.7 33.3 45.7 44.8 -
board
30. Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSI 130
37.8 36.2 48.8 47.7 -
board
31.Heat sink of GPU card 55.1 55.3 66.1 66.8 - 130
32.Connector J4 on BC11SRSI board 35.2 32.3 46.2 43.8 - 85
33.Interal wire 35.3 33.6 46.3 45.1 - 105
34.Surface of hard disk 30.2 28.5 41.2 40.0 - For ref.
35.Enclosure of EUT near GPU card 31.3 30.3 42.3 41.8 - 70
1.Test with LETION PSU (model: PS-2461-1H).
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 24.2 24.5 35.0 35.0 - -
2.PSU output connector on BC11SRSH
33.0 33.7 43.8 44.2 - 85
board
33.2 33.8 44.0 44.3 - 130
board
4.HS1 surface on BC11ESMD board 34.5 35.0 45.3 45.5 - 130

5.Heat sink of CPU2 on BC11SRSH
31.5 32.0 42.3 42.5 - 130
board
6.Surface of memory bank 28.6 29.9 39.4 40.4 - For ref.
31.5 32.0 42.3 42.5 - 130
board
8.Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSH
35.8 36.4 46.6 46.9 - 130
board
9.Heat sink of HS1 on BC11FXEB
38.3 38.9 49.1 49.4 - 130
board
31.3 31.6 42.1 42.1 - 130
BC11SRSH board
11.Connector J36 surface on
32.0 32.7 42.8 43.2 - 85
BC11SRSH board
12.Connector J17 on BC11EHBB board 25.8 25.8 36.6 36.3 - 85
15.Hard disk surface 27.4 28.1 38.2 38.6 - For ref
16.T1 winding on PSU 33.2 33.8 44.0 44.3 - 90
17.T1 core on PSU 33.8 34.3 44.6 44.8 - 90
18.T5 winding on PSU 38.6 39.5 49.4 50.0 - 130
19.T5 core on PSU 36.3 37.0 47.1 47.5 - 130
20.T600 winding on PSU 50.3 52.3 61.1 62.8 - 130
21.T600 core on PSU 46.0 47.6 56.8 58.1 - 130
22.AC inlet of PSU 38.6 36.8 49.4 47.3 - 70
23.Enclosure of EUT 29.0 29.4 39.8 39.9 70
2.Test with RH1288 V2
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 23.9 23.8 35.0 35.0 - -
33.7 33.7 44.8 44.9 - 85
board
32.9 33.8 44.0 45.0 - 130
board

31.5 31.7 42.6 42.9 - 130
board
30.5 31.4 41.6 42.6 - 130
board
8. Heat sink of IC U28 on BC11SRSH
35.5 37.6 46.6 48.8 - 130
board
9. Heat sink of HS1 on BC11FXEB
38.6 40.5 49.7 51.7 - 130
board
30.9 31.0 42.0 42.2 - 130
BC11SRSH board
32.0 32.3 43.1 43.5 - 85
BC11SRSH board
15.Hard disk surface 27.1 27.1 38.2 38.3 - For ref.
16.T1 winding on PSU 38.7 38.8 49.8 50.0 - 90
17.T1 core on PSU 42.7 42.8 53.8 54.0 - 90
18.T200 winding on PSU 32.4 32.6 43.5 43.8 - 90
19.T203 winding on PSU 31.1 31.2 42.2 42.4 - 90
20.T900 winding on PSU 33.5 33.6 44.6 44.8 - 110
21.T900 core on PSU 41.7 41.1 52.8 52.3 - 110
22.AC inlet of PSU 31.4 30.7 42.5 41.9 - 70
23.Enclosure of EUT 27.9 28.0 39.0 39.2 70
24.Heat sink Surface of GPU card 48.0 48.2 59.1 59.4 130
1.Test with DELTA PSU (model: DPS460DB-12A).
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................192
: V 288 V 192 V 288 V - 
d.c d.c d.c d.c
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 26.8 27.0 35.0 35.0 - -
40.4 41.0 48.6 49.0 - 85
board

38.0 38.3 46.2 46.3 - 130
board
37.5 38.0 45.7 46.0 - 130
board
37.5 37.8 45.7 45.8 - 130
board
42.1 42.1 50.3 50.1 - 130
board
43.8 43.8 52.0 51.8 - 130
board
37.5 38.0 45.7 46.0 - 130
BC11SRSH board
37.9 38.3 46.1 46.3 - 85
BC11SRSH board
16.T1 winding on PSU 44.6 45.1 52.8 53.1 - 90
17.T1 core on PSU 48.8 49.2 57.0 57.2 - 90
18.T200 winding on PSU 38.3 38.7 46.5 46.7 - 90
19.T203 winding on PSU 36.8 37.1 45.0 45.1 - 90
20.T900 winding on PSU 40.0 40.5 48.2 48.5 - 130
21.T900 core on PSU 47.3 47.7 55.5 55.7 - 130
22.AC inlet of PSU 27.8 27.6 36.0 35.6 - 70
23.Enclosure of EUT 33.1 33.2 41.3 41.2 - 70
24.Heat sink Surface of GPU card 39.8 39.9 48.0 47.9 - 130
1.Test with DELTA PSU (model: DPS460DB-12A).
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 27.8 22.6 35.0 35.0 - -

47.3 31.0 54.5 43.4 - 85
board
42.4 32.0 49.6 44.4 - 130
board
45.7 30.1 52.9 42.5 - 130
board
6.Surface of memory bank 41.4 27.5 48.6 39.9 - For ref.
7. Heat sink of CPU2 on BC11SRSH
49.1 29.4 56.3 41.8 - 130
board
53.8 34.3 61.0 46.7 - 130
board
59.5 37.3 66.7 49.7 - 130
board
44.8 29.6 52.0 42.0 - 130
BC11SRSH board
41.4 31.1 48.6 43.5 - 85
BC11SRSH board
23.Enclosure of EUT 34.8 27.0 42.0 39.4 - 70
25.AC inlet of PSU 38.7 31.9 45.9 44.3 - 70
26.T1 winding on PSU 51.9 35.9 59.1 48.3 - 130
27.T1 core on PSU 49.4 34.5 56.6 46.9 - 130
28.T3 winding on PSU 49.0 38.3 56.2 50.7 - 130
29.T3 core on PSU 48.0 37.8 55.2 50.2 - 130
30.T2 winding on PSU 41.6 33.0 48.8 45.4 - 90
31.T2 core on PSU 40.4 40.4 47.6 52.8 90
32.T7 winding on PSU 45.2 45.2 52.4 57.6 90
1.Test with HUAWEI PSU (model: EPW460-12A).
Tmax (C) class

Supply voltage (V) ..........................
90: V a.c 264 V 90 V 264 V - 
50Hz a.c a.c a.c
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Ambient Tmin (C) .......................... : - - - - - 
Ambient Tmax (C) ......................... : - - - - - 
part/at: (C)
1.Ambient 21.6 21.7 35.0 35.0 - -

39.6 42.7 53.0 56.0 - 85
board
31.5 34.0 44.9 47.3 - 130
board
35.4 35.9 48.8 49.2 - 130
board
34.4 34.6 47.8 47.9 - 130
board
38.1 42.6 51.5 55.9 - 130
board
41.2 46.1 54.6 59.4 - 130
board
39.4 39.9 52.8 53.2 - 130
BC11SRSH board
35.6 38.4 49.0 51.7 - 85
BC11SRSH board
16.T3 winding on PSU 47.8 50.1 61.2 63.4 - 130
17.T3 core on PSU 47.3 50.9 60.7 64.2 - 130
18.T7 winding on PSU 41.4 44.8 54.8 58.1 - 90
19.T2 winding on PSU 37.7 40.2 51.1 53.5 - 90
20.T1 winding on PSU 43.4 47.6 56.8 60.9 - 130
21.T1 core on PSU 41.0 44.9 54.4 58.2 - 130
22.AC inlet of PSU 23.8 24.9 37.2 38.2 - 70
23.Enclosure of EUT 29.0 30.8 42.4 44.1 70
24.Heat sink Surface of GPU card 49.4 49.7 62.8 63.0 130
1.Test with HUAWEI PSU (model: EPW750-12A).
Tmax (C) class
4.5.5 TABLE: Ball pressure test of thermoplastic parts N/A

Allowed impression diameter  2 mm 
(mm) .................................................................... :
Part Test temperature (C) Impression diameter (mm)
4.7 TABLE: Resistance to fire P

Part Manufacturer of Type of Thickness Flammability Evidence
material material (mm) class
PCB Various Various - V-0 UL
5.1 TABLE: touch current measurement P

Measured between: Measured Limit Comments/conditions
(mA) (mA)
Terminal A to PE 1.2 3.5 Test with EMERSON PSU(model:
EPW800W-12A)
Terminal A to PE 1.7 3.5 Test with LITEON PSU(model: PS-
2751-2XXXX)
2461-6XXXXX)
2461-1XXXXX) of configuration 3
2461-7XXXXX)
2751-7XXXXX)
Terminal A to PE 1.0 3.5 Test with Emerson PSU(model:
EPW460-12A-G)
Terminal A to PE 1.61 3.5 Test with DELTA PSU(model: DPS-
460DB-12A)
Terminal A to PE 3.0 3.5 Test with HUAWEI PSU(model:
EPW750-12A)
Terminal A to PE 2.92 3.5 Test with HUAWEI PSU(model:
EPW460-12A)
supplementary information: Test with Tecal RH2288 V2
5.1 TABLE: touch current measurement P

Measured between: Measured Limit Comments/conditions
(mA) (mA)
EPW800W-12A) of configuration 2
2751-2XXXX) of configuration 2

EPW460-12A-G) of configuration 4
supplementary information: Test with Tecal RH2285 V2
5.2 TABLE: Electric strength tests, impulse tests and voltage surge tests P
Test voltage applied between: Voltage shape Test voltage Breakdown
(AC, DC, impulse, surge) (V) Yes / No
AC input to PE AC 2000 No
Tested with EMERSON PSU(model: EPW800W-12A) of configuration 2
Test with Tecal RH2288 V2/Tecal RH2285 V2
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXXX)of configuration 2
Test with Tecal RH2288 V2/ Tecal RH2285 V2
AC input to PE DC 2652 No
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-6XXXXX)of configuration 2
Test with Tecal RH2288 V2 /Tecal RH2285 V2
Functional:
Tested with Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D)of configuration 2
Test with Tecal RH2288 V2 /Tecal RH2285 V2
Functional:
DC input to PE DC 1500 No
Tested with EMERSON PSU(model: EPS800-12D) of configuration 3
Functional:
DC input to PE DC 1500 No
Tested with VAPEL PSU(model: EPS800-12D) of configuration 4
Tested with Emerson PSU (model: EPW460-12A-G)of configuration 6

Tested with DELTA PSU (model: DPS-460DB-12A)of configuration 1
Tested with HUAWEI PSU (model: EPW460-12A)of configuration 1
Tested with HUAWEI PSU (model: EPW460-12A)of configuration 1
Tested with EMERSON PSU (model: EPW460-12A-G)
Test with Tecal RH2288A V2
Test No.: SYBH(A)01609272
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-1H)
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-1H)
Tested with DELTA PSU (model: DPS-460DB-12A)
Tested with HUAWEI PSU (model: EPW460-12A)
Tested with HUAWEI PSU (model: EPW750-12A)
5.3 TABLE: Fault condition tests P

Ambient temperature (C) : 35 
Power source for EUT: Manufacturer, model/type, - 
output rating :
Compone Fault Supply Test Fuse # Fuse Observation
nt voltage time current
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Bloced 240 V 153.3 - - The max temprature T101
ventilation a.c winding on PSU is 101.8 C.
T101 core on PSU is 91.1 C.
T102 winding on PSU is 84.3C.
T901 core on PSU is 76.3C.
Heat sink IC CPU2 on
BS11SRSB board is 87.4C,No
Hazards, NB, NC, NT.
Fan Disconnected 240 V 106.8 - - The max temprature T101

a.c winding on PSU is 75.3 C. T101
core on PSU is 76.9 C. T102
winding on PSU is 82.1C. T103
core on PSU is 65.1C. Heat sink
IC CPU1 on BS11SRSB board is
133.4C.No Hazards, NB, NC,
NT.
Tested with EMERSON PSU (model: EPW800W-12A) of configuration 2. ( main board BC11SRSB)
NC - Cheesecloth remained intact
NT - Tissue paper remained intact
NB - No indication of dielectric breakdown after 60 seconds

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
ventilation a.c winding on PSU is 71.8 C. T600
winding on PSU is 74.3 C.T200
winding on PSU is 73.4 C. T200
core on PSU is 62.4 C. Heat sink
IC U1028 on BC11ESMD board is
110.1 C. No Hazards, NB, NC,
NT.
NT.
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2X-XX)of configuration 2.( main board BC11SRSB)


output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Bloced -60Vdc 282.6 - - Noraml working,
ventilation The max temprature:
PSU: 70.7C.
PSU: 70.3C.
No Hazards, NB, NC, NT.
Fan Disconnected -60Vdc 277.3 - - Unit shutdown. The max
temprature:
PSU: 68.6 C.
PSU: 68.2C.
Input Reversed -60Vdc 5 - - Unit shutdown, no hazard, no
damaged, no high temperature,
NB, NC, NT.
Tested with Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D)of configuration 2.( main board BC11SRSB)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Bloced 240 V 299.3 - - Noraml working,

ventilation a.c The max temprature:
LITEON PSU: 75.7 C;
LITEON PSU: 76.6C;
Fan Disconnected 240 V 366.9 - - Unit shutdown.
a.c The max temprature:
LITEON PSU: 79.2C;
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-6XXXXX) of configuration 1.( main board BC11SRSB)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Bloced 240 V 285 - - Normal working, no ha zard , no

ventilation a.c mins damaged.
The max. temperature:
LITE-ON PSU(Class A):64.9C;
LITE-ON PSU(Class B):74.5C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Fan Disconnected 240 V 162 - - Unit shut down, no ha zard , no
a.c mins damaged.
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 3.( main board BC11SRSB)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Bloced -60 V 247 - - Normal working, no ha zard , no

ventilation d.c mins damaged.
Emerson PSU(Class F): 87.0C;
Emerson PSU PSU(Class F):
88.8C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Fan Disconnected -60 V 269 - - Unit shundown, no ha zard , no
d.c mins damaged.
83.6C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Tested with EMERSON PSU (model: EPS800-12D)of configuration 3.( main board BC11SRSB)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Bloced 240 V 237mins - - Normal working, no hazard , no

ventilation a.c damaged.
Winding of transformer
T200(Class B) on PSU/PS-2751-
2XXXX board:97.6C;
Core of transformer T200(Class
B) on PSU/PS-2751-2XXXX
board:92.4C;
T202(Class A) on PSU/PS-2751-
CT200(Class A) on PSU/PS-
2751-2XXXX board:88.2C;
board:91.8C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Fan Disconnected 240 V 206 - - Unit shut down, no hazard , no
a.c mins damaged.
board:76.4C;
CT200(Class A) on PSU/PS-
2751-2XXXX board:72.6C;
board:77.3C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 3(added GPU card for model
Quadro 4000). ( main board BC11SRSB)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Transformer T200(class B)
winding on PSU:86.3C;
Transformer CT200 (class B)
Transformer T600(class B)core
on PSU:73.1C;
Heat sink of IC U1006 on
BC11ESMC board:108.7C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
a.c mins damaged.
on PSU:77.7C;
Heat sink CPU1 on BC11SRSG
board:121.6C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-1XXXXX) of configuration 3.( main board BC11SRSG)
output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Blocked 240 V 312 - - Normal working, no ha zard , no
Transformer T200 winding of
PSU:87.4C;
PSU:74.1C;
PSU:73.8C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
a.c mins damaged.
PSU:85.3C;
PSU:84.6C;
PSU:79.5C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
1. Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 3.
2. Tested No. SYBH(A)00772129 (used new main board BC11SRSG).

output rating :

No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Blocked 240 V 260 - - Noraml working,
ventilation a.c mins The max temprature:
PSU: 73.7 C;
PSU:60.9C;
Transformer T730 core of PSU:
68.8C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
Fan Disconnected 240 V 272 - - Unit shutdown.
a.c mins The max temprature:
PSU: 71.0 C;
PSU:69.1C;
75.7C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
1. Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-7XXXXX) of configuration 3.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Blocked -60 V 198 - - Normal working, no hazard, no

Transformer T1 winding of PSU:
59.2C;
Transformer T2(1) winding of
PSU: 92.6C;
74.6C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Fan Disconnected -60 V 150 - - Unit shutdown, no hazard, no
d.c mins damaged.
65.5C;
Transformer T2(1) winding of
PSU: 82.8C;
67.9C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
NB, NC, NT.
1. Test with one VAPEL PSU (model: TPS800-12D)of configuration.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Blocked 240 V 217 - - Normal working, no hazard, no

72.3C;
73.4C;
Transformer CT200 winding of
PSU:66.8C;
PSU:69.6C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Fan Disconnected 240 V 266 - - Unit shutdown. no hazard, no
a.c mins damaged.
65.3C;
71.8C;
PSU:61.9C;
PSU:61.4C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 4(high-power
configuration).
3. Tested No. SYBH (A)00829288 (used new main board BC11SRSH).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Blocked -60 V 162 - - Unit shutdown, no hazard, no

PSU:74.9C;
PSU:77.1C;
90.8C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
d.c mins damaged.
58.6C;
68.7C;
77.7C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
NB, NC, NT.
1. Tested with one VAPEL PSU (model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 4(high-power configuration).
3. Tested No. SYBH (A)00829288 (used new main board BC11SRSH).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Blocked 240 V 300 - - Noraml working,

ventilation a.c mins The max temprature:
PSU: 64.9 C;
PSU:57.7C;
PSU: 56.7C;
PSU:61.3C;
Ambient:35.0C;
Fan Disconnected 240 V 272 - - Noraml working,
a.c mins The max temprature:
PSU: 62.4 C;
PSU:64.5C;
PSU: 56.5C;
PSU:62.6C;
Ambient:35.0C;
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7XXXXX) of configuration 4(low-power
configuration);

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

Transformer T203(Class A)
Transformer CT200(Class A)
Transformer T200 (Class B)
Transformer T730(Class B)
Surface Transformer T600(Class
B) on PSU:63.7C;
Surface heat sink of NVIDIA
M2090:130.4C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
a.c mins damaged.
Surface Transformer T600(Class
B) on PSU:66.1C;
M2090:130.1C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-7XXXXX) of configuration 3(high Memory);
3. Tested No. SYBH (A)00953864 (used new main board BC11SRSG).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Blocked -60 V 289 - - Unit shutdown, no hazard, no
Transformer T1(Class B) winding
on PSU:59.5C;
Transformer T7(Class A) winding
on PSU:80.0C;
Transformer T2(Class F) winding
on PSU:79.9C;
Transformer TR3(Class F) on
PSU:59.9C;
M2090:131.2C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
d.c mins damaged.
on PSU:50.7C;
on PSU:66.8C;
on PSU:69.4C;
PSU:55.8C;
M2090:127.9C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
1. Tested with one VAPEL PSU (model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 3(high Memory);
3. Tested No. SYBH (A)00953864 (used new main board BC11SRSG).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Blocked 240 V 268 - - Unit shutdown. no hazard, no
Transformer T600 winding on
PSU:85.5C;
Transformer T730 core on
PSU:82.7C;
Transformer CT200 winding on
PSU:79.3C;
PSU:78.8C;
PSU:78.6C;
PSU:77.7C;
Transformer Heat sink of IC U4
on BC11THBC board:75.2 C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
a.c mins damaged.
PSU:88.2C;
PSU:86.7C;
PSU:89.7C;
PSU:87.3C;
PSU:88.0C;
PSU:67.9C;
Transformer Heat sink of IC U4
on BC11THBC board:141.5 C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
1. Tested with one LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-7XXXXX) of configuration 3(high Memory);
3. Tested No. SYBH (A)01007729(used new main board BC11SRSG).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Blocked 240 V 332 - - When monitoring temperature of
ventilation a.c mins EUT reached highest, EUT was
protected . no hazard, no
damaged.
PSU:58.4C.
Transformer T5 core of
PSU:59.7C
PSU:55.1C
PSU:73.8C
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Fan Disconnected 240 V 496 - - When monitoring temperature of
a.c mins EUT reached highest, EUT was
protected. no hazard, no
damaged.
PSU:68.8C.
PSU:69.0C
PSU:66.7C
PSU:83.7C
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
1.Tested with one EMERSON PSU (model: EPW460-12A-G) of configuration 6;


output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
damaged.
PSU:49.6C.
PSU:59.4C
PSU:48.7C
PSU:60.3C
PSU:70.9C
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Fan Disconnected 240 V 385mins - - When monitoring temperature of
a.c EUT reached highest, EUT was
damaged.
PSU:55.1C.
PSU:54.5C
PSU:54.0C
PSU:68.4C
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
1.Tested with one EMERSON PSU (model: EPW460-12A-G) of configuration 7;

output rating :

No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Blocked 240 V 123mins - - When monitoring temperature of
ventilation d.c EUT reached highest, EUT was
damaged.
PSU:59.0C.
PSU:56.9C
PSU:57.0C
PSU:56.9C
PSU:59.9C
PSU:56.8C
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
d.c EUT reached highest, EUT was
damaged.
PSU:49.8C.
PSU:49.0C
PSU:48.6C
PSU:49.8C
PSU:58.2C
PSU:53.7C
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
1.Tested with one EMERSON PSU (model: PS2461-7H) of configuration 7;

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
ventilation d.c mins EUT reached highest, EUT was
damaged.
PSU: 65.8C.
PSU:55.8C
PSU:57.1C
PSU:58.0C
PSU:56.6C
PSU:59.2C
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
damaged.
PSU: 64.5C.
PSU:57.7C
PSU:59.0C
PSU:61.1C
PSU:61.1C
PSU:62.7C
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
1.Tested with one LIETON PSU (model: PS-2461-7H) of configuration 6;

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
damaged.
PSU: 58.9C.
PSU:47.3C
PSU: 48.2C
PSU: 56.7C
Transformer CT200 core of PSU:
51.5C
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.

damaged.
PSU: 64.5C.
PSU: 57.7C
PSU: 59.0C
PSU: 61.1C
60.9C
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

damaged.
PSU: 57.3C.
PSU: 53.1C
PSU: 53.4C
PSU: 57.1C
53.0C
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
a.c EUT reached highest, EUT was
damaged.
PSU: 64.7C.
PSU: 64.2C
PSU: 63.2C
PSU: 67.6C
62.8C
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

ventilation a.c winding on PSU is 101.8 C.
T101 core on PSU is 91.1 C.
T901 core on PSU is 76.3C.
Heat sink IC CPU2 on
BS11SRSC board is 87.4C,No
Hazards, NB, NC, NT.
core on PSU is 76.9 C. T102
core on PSU is 65.1C. Heat sink
IC CPU1 on BS11SRSC board is
133.4C.No Hazards, NB, NC,
NT.
Tested with EMERSON PSU (model: EPW800W-12A) of configuration 2. (Main board: BC11SRSC)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
ventilation a.c winding on PSU is 71.8 C. T600
NT.
NT.
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 2.(Main board: BC11SRSC)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Bloced -60Vdc 282.6 - - Noraml working,
ventilation The max temprature:
PSU: 70.7C.
PSU: 70.3C.
Fan Disconnected -60Vdc 277.3 - - Unit shutdown. The max
temprature:
PSU: 68.6 C.
PSU: 68.2C.
NB, NC, NT.
Tested with Emerson PSU(model: TPS800-12D) of configuration 2.(Main board: BC11SRSC)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Bloced 240 V 299.3 - - Noraml working,

ventilation a.c The max temprature:
Fan Disconnected 240 V 366.9 - - Unit shutdown.
a.c The max temprature:
LITEON PSU: 79.2C;
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-1XXXXX)of configuration 1.(Main board: BC11SRSC)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
a.c mins damaged.
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 3.(Main board: BC11SRSC)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Openings Bloced -60 V 247 - - Normal working, no ha zard , no

88.8C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Fan Disconnected -60 V 269 - - Unit shundown, no ha zard , no
d.c mins damaged.
83.6C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Tested with EMERSON PSU (model: EPS800-12D)of configuration 3.(Main board: BC11SRSC)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

on PSU:77.1C;
Quadro 2000 surface of EUT:
106.6C;
Heat sink CPU2 on BC11SRSC
board:101.8 C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
a.c mins damaged.
on PSU:77.6C;
Heat sink CPU1 on BC11SRSC
board:120.6C;
Heat sink of IC U1006 on
BC11ESMC board:114.2 C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2461-1XXXXX) of configuration 3.(Main board: BC11SRSC)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

PSU(Class F): 80.7C;
PSU(Class A): 88.8C;
PSU(Class B):48.8C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Fan Disconnected -60 V 178 - - Unit shundown, no hazard, no
d.c mins damaged.
PSU(Class F): 74.9C;
PSU(Class A): 65.6C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.NB, NC, NT.
Input Reversed -60Vdc 5 mins - - Unit shutdown, no hazard, no
NB, NC, NT.
Tested with VAPEL PSU (model: EPS800-12D) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

PSU(Class A):81.5C;
Transformer T730 core in
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Fan Disconnected 240 V 183 - - Unit shut down, no hazard, no
a.c mins damaged.
Transformer T730 core in
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
Tested with LITEON PSU (model: PS-2751-2XXXX) of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

Transformer CT202(Class B)
M2090:130.4C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
a.c mins damaged.
M2090:135.6C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
added Tesla M2090)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

on PSU:62.5C;
on PSU:67.1C;
on PSU:65.0C;
PSU:66.0C;
M2090:128.1C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
Fan Disconnected -60 V 123 - - Unit shundown, no hazard, no
d.c mins damaged.
on PSU:51.8C;
on PSU:57.8C;
on PSU:53.2C;
PSU:55.0C;
M2090:130.0C;
Ambient: 35.0C;
1. Tested with one VAPEL PSU (model: TPS800-12D of configuration 3. (Main board: BC11SRSF,
added Tesla M2090)
2. The EUT can be powered by two (1+1 back up ) power supply units.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

PSU:80.2C;
PSU:81.7C;
PSU:81.2C;
PSU:90.8C;
PSU:95.5C;
PSU:80.6C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
a.c mins damaged.
PSU:68.7C;
PSU:70.2C;
PSU:75.6C;
PSU:79.3C;
PSU:72.1C;
PSU:68.7C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

protected, no hazard, no
damaged.
PSU:61.2C;
PSU:61.2C;
PSU:55.7C;
PSU:54.8C;
PSU:79.3C;
PSU:75.3C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
damaged.
PSU:77.6C;
PSU:73.3C;
PSU:75.0C;
PSU:77.5C;
PSU:81.9C;
PSU:79.2C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
1.Tested with EMERSON PSU(model: EPW460-12A-G) of configuration 4.
2.The EUT can be powered by two(1+1 back up ) power supply units.

output rating :

No. (V) (mins) (A)
damaged.
PSU:49.2C;
PSU:49.3C;
PSU:48.8C;
PSU:49.6C;
PSU:53.4C;
PSU:51.7C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
damaged.
PSU:82.9C;
PSU:82.6C;
PSU:82.0C;
PSU:82.0C;
PSU:95.2C;
PSU:96.4C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
1.Tested with EMERSON PSU(model: EPW460-12A-G) of configuration 5.


output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
damaged.
PSU:51.5C;
PSU:54.6C;
PSU:49.0C;
PSU:50.0C;
PSU:49.2C;
Transformer CT201 core of
PSU:49.6C;
PSU:49.4C;
PSU:52.7C;
PSU:53.7C;
PSU:50.0C;
PSU:49.9C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.

d.c mins EUT reached highest, EUT was
damaged.
PSU:50.1C;
PSU:55.3C;
PSU:48.8C;
PSU:49.6C;
PSU:48.7C;
PSU:49.0C;
PSU:49.5C;
PSU:58.5C;
PSU:59.4C;
PSU:54.3C;
PSU:53.8C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
1.Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7XXX) of configuration 5.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

damaged.
PSU:67.5C;
PSU:63.9C;
PSU:53.5C;
PSU:56.6C;
PSU:55.4C;
PSU:56.4C;
PSU:55.8C;
PSU:53.7C;
PSU:53.8C;
PSU:55.6C;
PSU:55.3C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.

damaged.
PSU:66.7C;
PSU:68.5C;
PSU:59.9C;
PSU:61.5C;
PSU:62.1C;
PSU:62.1C;
PSU:64.0C;
PSU:70.9C;
PSU:70.5C;
PSU:73.9C;
PSU:73.9C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
2.The EUT can be powered by two(1+1 backup) power supply units.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

damaged.
PSU:58.0C;
PSU:56.0C;
PSU:53.6C;
PSU:54.1C;
PSU:53.5C;
PSU:56.4C;
PSU:56.0C;
PSU:52.5C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
damaged.
PSU:61.6C;
PSU:62.6C;
PSU:61.3C;
PSU:58.5C;
PSU:58.6C;
PSU:63.4C;
PSU:61.9C;
PSU:59.2C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
damaged.
PSU:60.7C;
PSU:62.5C;
PSU:59.2C;
PSU:60.4C;
PSU:59.5C;
PSU:63.0C;
PSU:62.6C;
PSU:58.9C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.
damaged.
PSU:61.6C;
PSU:67.0C;
PSU:64.3C;
PSU:62.6C;
PSU:62.5C;
PSU:66.4C;
PSU:64.6C;
PSU:61.3C;
Ambient:35.0C;
NB, NC, NT.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
damaged. NB, NC, NT.
PSU:86.2C;
PSU:76.5C;
PSU:76.3C;
PSU:98.0C;
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:68.8C;
PSU:66.2C;
PSU:64.8C;
PSU:77.3C;
1.Tested with DELTA PSU(model: DPS-460DB-12A)


output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
PSU:80.8C;
PSU:72.7C;
PSU:72.3C;
PSU:94.0C;
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:80.9C;
PSU:72.8C;
PSU:72.4C;
PSU:94.1C;
1.Tested with DELTA PSU(model: DPS-460DB-12A)

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

Transformer T1winding on
PSU:74.1C;
PSU:82.5C;
PSU:71.0C;
PSU:68.3C;
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:75.1C;
PSU:69.8C;
PSU:65.5C;
PSU:61.7C;
1.Tested withHUAWEI PSU(model: EPW460-12A).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
PSU:86.1C;
PSU:86.4C;
PSU:82.5C;
PSU:80.1C;

damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:75.3C;
PSU:66.8C;
PSU:65.1C;
PSU:61.2C;
1.Tested withHUAWEI PSU(model: EPW460-12A).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
Transformer CT201winding on
PSU:90.5C;
PSU:91.5C;
PSU:90.5C;
PSU:106.4C;
PSU:91.5C;
PSU:90.6C;
PSU:91.6C;

damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:69.7C;
PSU:70.1C;
PSU:70.6C;
PSU:83.4C;
PSU:72.2C;
PSU:68.1C;
PSU:69.5C;
1.Tested withLITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-7H).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
PSU:83.9C;
PSU:84.9C;
PSU:84.5C;
PSU:106.4C;
PSU:99.5C;
PSU:84.6C;
PSU:85.6C;

damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:58.9C;
PSU:59.4C;
PSU:59.3C;
PSU:72.4C;
PSU:69.1C;
PSU:64.7C;
PSU:64.1C;

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
PSU:86.1C;
PSU:68.4C;
PSU:66.6C;
PSU:64.0C;

damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:78.6C;;
PSU:75.5C;
PSU:68.7C;
PSU:67.5C;
1.Tested with HUAWEI PSU(model: EPW750-12A).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
PSU:86.1C;
PSU:68.4C;
PSU:66.6C;
PSU:64.0C;
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:73.6C ;
PSU:76.2C;
PSU:68.7C;
PSU:647.4C;

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
PSU:86.4C;
PSU:68.2C;
PSU:65.7C;
PSU:62.1C;
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:73.1C;
PSU:69.7C;
PSU:65.5C;
PSU:64.0C;

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
PSU:57.6C;
PSU:61.1C;
PSU:53.6C;
PSU:61.3C;
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:76.3C;
PSU:75.0C;
PSU:71.5C;
PSU:70.6C;

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

PSU:51.4C;
PSU:48.9C;
PSU:61.5C;
PSU:59.8C;
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:70.4C;
PSU:75.6C;
PSU:74.4C;
PSU:66.2C;
1.Tested with DELTA PSU(model: DPS-460DB-12A).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
PSU:64.6C;
PSU:59.1C;
PSU:69.4C;
PSU:67.6C;

damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:64.7C;
PSU:70.3C;
PSU:69.0C;
PSU:63.8C;

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
PSU:59.1C;
PSU:57.0C;
Transformer T20 0 winding on
PSU:54.2C;
PSU:55.7C
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:69.1C;
PSU:65.7C;
Transformer T20 0 winding on
PSU:64.8C;
PSU:64.2C

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
PSU:64.2C;
PSU:63.8C;
PSU:60.1C;
PSU62.4C
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:68.6C;
PSU:638.8C;
PSU:65.5C;
PSU:66.8C

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
PSU:52.8C;
PSU:52.8C;
PSU:59.2C;
PSU:55.8C;
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:55.6C;
PSU:57.5C;
PSU:64.4C;
PSU:60.9C;
2.The EUT can be powered by two (1+1 backup) power supply units.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

PSU:58.5C;
PSU:55.7C;
PSU:63.9C;
PSU:61.6C;
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:58.2C;
PSU:60.7C;
PSU:65.0C;
PSU:61.4C;

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

PSU:57.1C;
PSU:56.7C;
PSU:57.5C;
PSU:67.4C;
PSU:62.3C;
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:59.7C;
PSU:60.7C;
PSU:61.9C;
PSU:67.5C;
PSU:62.2C;

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

PSU:58.9C;
PSU:58.9C;
PSU:58.0C;
PSU:68.7C;
PSU:64.4C;
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
PSU:54.8C;
PSU:55.2C;
PSU:54.4C;
PSU:61.5C;
PSU:58.1C;

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
T600 winding on PSU:92.8C;

damaged.NB, NC, NT.
1.Tested with EMERSON PSU(model: EPW460-12A-G).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
200 winding on PSU:81.8C;
1.Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-1H).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
damaged.NB, NC, NT.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

damaged.NB, NC, NT.
1.Tested with LITEON PSU(model: PS-2461-1H).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
damaged.NB, NC, NT.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
1.Tested with LITEON PSU(model: DPS-460DB-12A).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)

damaged.NB, NC, NT.
1.Tested with LITEON PSU(model: DPS-460DB-12A).

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
damaged.NB, NC, NT.

output rating :
No. (V) (mins) (A)
damaged.NB, NC, NT.
C.2 TABLE: transformers N/A

Loc. Tested insulation Working Working Required Required Required Required
voltage voltage electric clearance / creepage distance
peak / V rms / V strength mm distance / thr. insul.
mm
(2.10.2) (2.10.2) (5.2) (2.10.3) (2.10.4) (2.10.5)
Loc. Tested insulation Test Measured Measured Measure

voltage/ clearance / creepage d
V mm dist./ mm distance
thr. insul.
/ mm;
number
of layers
C.2 TABLE: transformers N/A

Transformer
Attachment No. 1
European Group differences and

national differences according to EN
60950-1/
A11:2009/A1:2010/A12:2011/A2:2013
Attachment contains
Cover page: 1 page
National Differences: 18 pages
Total: 19 pages
Explanation for Abbreviations:
Possible Verdicts: P = Pass, F= Fail, N/A= Not Applicable
Remarks:
Throughout this report, a point is used as the decimal separator.
Attachment 1 to Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 1 of 19

SYBH(A)01677361 Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ATTACHMENT TO TEST REPORT IEC 60950-1

EUROPEAN GROUP DIFFERENCES AND NATIONAL DIFFERENCES
Information technology equipment – Safety –Part 1: General requirements
Differences according to ................ : EN 60950-1:2006/A11:2009/A1:2010/A12:2011/A2:2013
Attachment Form No. ..................... : EU_GD_IEC60950_1F
Attachment Originator ................... : SGS Fimko Ltd
Master Attachment ......................... : Date 2014-02
Copyright © 2010 IEC System for Conformity Testing and Certification of Electrical Equipment
(IECEE), Geneva, Switzerland. All rights reserved.
EN 60950-1:2006/A11:2009/A1:2010/A12:2011/A2:2013 – CENELEC COMMON MODIFICATIONS
IEC 60950-1, GROUP DIFFERENCES (CENELEC common modifications EN)

Contents Add the following annexes: P
Annex ZA (normative) Normative references to international
publications with their corresponding
European publications
Annex ZB (normative) Special national conditions
(A2:2013) Annex ZD (informative) IEC and CENELEC code designations for
flexible cords
General Delete all the “country” notes in the reference document (IEC 60950-1:2005) P
according to the following list:
1.4.8 Note 2 1.5.1 Note 2 & 3 1.5.7.1 Note
1.5.8 Note 2 1.5.9.4 Note 1.7.2.1 Note 4, 5 & 6
2.2.3 Note 2.2.4 Note 2.3.2 Note
2.3.2.1 Note 2 2.3.4 Note 2 2.6.3.3 Note 2 & 3
2.7.1 Note 2.10.3.2 Note 2 2.10.5.13 Note 3
3.2.1.1 Note 3.2.4 Note3. 2.5.1 Note 2
4.3.6 Note 1 & 2 4.7 Note 4 4.7.2.2 Note
4.7.3.1 Note 2 5.1.7.1 Note 3 & 4 5.3.7 Note 1
6 Note 2 & 5 6.1.2.1 Note 2 6.1.2.2 Note
6.2.2 Note 6.2.2.1 Note 2 6.2.2.2 Note
7.1 Note 3 7.2 Note 7.3 Note 1 & 2
G.2.1 Note 2 Annex H Note 2
General Delete all the “country” notes in the reference document (IEC 60950- P
(A1:2010) 1:2005/A1:2010) according to the following list:
1.5.7.1 Note 6.1.2.1 Note 2
6.2.2.1 Note 2 EE.3 Note
General Delete all the “country” notes in the reference document (IEC 60950- P
(A2:2013)
1:2005/A2:2013) according to the following list:
2.7.1 Note * 2.10.3.1 Note 2
6.2.2. Note
* Note of secretary: Text of Common Modification remains unchanged.
1.1.1 Replace the text of NOTE 3 by the following. P
(A1:2010) NOTE 3 The requirements of EN 60065 may also be used to meet safety requirements for
multimedia equipment. See IEC Guide 112, Guide on the safety of multimedia equipment. For
television sets EN 60065 applies.


1.3.Z1 Add the following subclause: N/A
1.3.Z1 Exposure to excessive sound pressure
The apparatus shall be so designed and
constructed as to present no danger when used
for its intended purpose, either in normal operating
conditions or under fault conditions, particularly
providing protection against exposure to
excessive sound pressures from headphones or
earphones.
NOTE Z1 A new method of measurement is
described in EN 50332-1, Sound system
equipment:
Headphones and earphones associated with
portable audio equipment - Maximum sound
pressure level measurement methodology and
limit considerations - Part 1: General method for
“one package equipment”, and in EN 50332-2,
Sound system equipment: Headphones and
earphones associated with portable audio
equipment - Maximum sound pressure level
measurement methodology and limit
considerations - Part 2: Guidelines to associate
sets with headphones coming from different
manufacturers.
(A12:2011) N/A
In EN 60950-1:2006/A12:2011
Delete the addition of 1.3.Z1 / EN 60950-1:2006
Delete the definition 1.2.3.Z1 / EN 60950-1:2006
/A1:2010
1.5.1 Add the following NOTE: P
NOTE Z1 The use of certain substances in
electrical and electronic equipment is restricted
(Added info*)
within the EU: see Directive 2002/95/EC.
New Directive 2011/65/11 *
1.7.2.1 In addition, for a PORTABLE SOUND SYSTEM, N/A
(A1:2010) the instructions shall include a warning that
excessive sound pressure from earphones and
headphones can cause hearing loss.
1.7.2.1 In EN 60950-1:2006/A12:2011 N/A
(A12.2011)
Delete NOTE Z1 and the addition for Portable
Sound System.
Add the following clause and annex to the existing
standard and amendments.
Zx Protection against excessive sound pressure from personal N/A
music players


Zx.1 General N/A
This sub-clause specifies requirements for
protection against excessive sound pressure from
personal music players that are closely coupled to
the ear. It also specifies requirements for
earphones and headphones intended for use with
personal music players.
for personal use, that:

is designed to allow the user to listen to
recorded or broadcast sound or video; and
primarily uses headphones or earphones that
can be worn in or on or around the ears; and
allows the user to walk around while in use.
NOTE 1 Examples are hand-held or body-worn portable CD
players, MP3 audio players, mobile phones with MP3 type
features, PDA’s or similar equipment.
A personal music player and earphones or

headphones intended to be used with personal
music players shall comply with the requirements
of this sub-clause.
The requirements in this sub-clause are valid for
music or video mode only.
The requirements do not apply:
while the personal music player is connected to
an external amplifier; or
while the headphones or earphones are not
used.
NOTE 2 An external amplifier is an amplifier which is not part
of the personal music player or the listening device, but which
is intended to play the music as a standalone music player.
The requirements do not apply to:

hearing aid equipment and professional
equipment;
NOTE 3 Professional equipment is equipment sold through
special sales channels. All products sold through normal
electronics stores are considered not to be professional
equipment.
analogue personal music players (personal N/A

music players without any kind of digital
processing of the sound signal) that are brought
to the market before the end of 2015.
NOTE 4 This exemption has been allowed because this
technology is falling out of use and it is expected that within a
few years it will no longer exist. This exemption will not be
extended to other technologies.
For equipment which is clearly designed or

intended for use by young children, the limits of
EN 71-1 apply.


Zx.2 Equipment requirements N/A
No safety provision is required for equipment that
complies with the following:
equipment provided as a package (personal
music player with its listening device), where
the acoustic output LAeq,T is ≤ 85 dBA measured
while playing the fixed “programme simulation
noise” as described in EN 50332-1; and
a personal music player provided with an
analogue electrical output socket for a listening
device, where the electrical output is ≤ 27 mV
measured as described in EN 50332-2, while
playing the fixed “programme simulation noise”
as described in EN 50332-1.
NOTE 1 Wherever the term acoustic output is used in this
clause, the 30 s A-weighted equivalent sound pressure level
LAeq,T is meant. See also Zx.5 and Annex Zx.
All other equipment shall:

a) protect the user from unintentional acoustic
outputs exceeding those mentioned above; and
b) have a standard acoustic output level not
exceeding those mentioned above, and
automatically return to an output level not
exceeding those mentioned above when the
power is switched off; and



c) provide a means to actively inform the user of N/A
the increased sound pressure when the
equipment is operated with an acoustic output
exceeding those mentioned above. Any
means used shall be acknowledged by the
user before activating a mode of operation
which allows for an acoustic output
exceeding those mentioned above. The
acknowledgement does not need to be
repeated more than once every 20 h of
cumulative listening time; and
NOTE 2 Examples of means include visual or audible signals.
Action from the user is always required.
NOTE 3 The 20 h listening time is the accumulative listening
time, independent how often and how long the personal music
player has been switched off.
d) have a warning as specified in Zx.3; and
e) not exceed the following:
1) equipment provided as a package (player
with Its listening device), the acoustic output
shall be ≤ 100 dBA measured while playing the
fixed “programme simulation noise” described
in EN 50332-1; and
2) a personal music player provided with an
analogue electrical output socket for a listening
device, the electrical output shall be ≤ 150 mV
measured as described in EN 50332-2, while
playing the fixed “programme simulation noise”
described in EN 50332-1.
For music where the average sound pressure
(long term LAeq,T) measured over the duration of
the song is lower than the average produced by
the programme simulation noise, the warning
does not need to be given as long as the average
sound pressure of the song is below the basic limit
of 85 dBA. In this case T becomes the duration of
the song.
NOTE 4 Classical music typically has an average sound
pressure (long term LAeq,T) which is much lower than the
average programme simulation noise. Therefore, if the player
is capable to analyse the song and compare it with the
programme simulation noise, the warning does not need to be
given as long as the average sound pressure of the song is
below the basic limit of 85 dBA.
For example, if the player is set with the programme simulation
noise to 85 dBA, but the average music level of the song is
only 65 dBA, there is no need to give a warning or ask an
acknowledgement as long as the average sound level of the
song is not above the basic limit of 85 dBA.


N/A
Zx.3 Warning
The warning shall be placed on the equipment, or
on the packaging, or in the instruction manual and
shall consist of the following:
the symbol of Figure 1 with a minimum height of
5 mm; and
the following wording, or similar:
“To prevent possible hearing damage, do not
listen at high volume levels for long periods.”
Figure 1 – Warning label (IEC 60417-6044)
Alternatively, the entire warning may be given

through the equipment display during use, when
the user is asked to acknowledge activation of the
higher level.
Zx.4 Requirements for listening devices (headphones and earphones) N/A
Zx.4.1 Wired listening devices with analogue N/A

input
With 94 dBA sound pressure output LAeq,T, the
input voltage of the fixed “programme simulation
noise” described in EN 50332-2 shall be ≥ 75 mV.
This requirement is applicable in any mode where
the headphones can operate (active or
passive), including any available setting (for
example built-in volume level control).
NOTE The values of 94 dBA – 75 mV correspond with 85dBA

– 27 mV and 100 dBA – 150 mV.
Zx.4.2 Wired listening devices with digital N/A
input
With any playing device playing the fixed
“programme simulation noise” described in EN
50332-1 (and respecting the digital interface
standards, where a digital interface standard
exists that specifies the equivalent acoustic level),
the acoustic output LAeq,T of the listening device
shall be ≤ 100 dBA.
This requirement is applicable in any mode where
the headphones can operate, including any
available setting (for example built-in volume level
control, additional sound feature like equalization,
etc.).
NOTE An example of a wired listening device with digital input
is a USB headphone.


Zx.4.3 Wireless listening devices N/A
In wireless mode:
with any playing and transmitting device playing
the fixed programme simulation noise described
in EN 50332-1; and
respecting the wireless transmission standards,
where an air interface standard exists that
specifies the equivalent acoustic level; and
with volume and sound settings in the listening
device (for example built-in volume level control,
additional sound feature like equalization, etc.)
set to the combination of positions that
maximize the measured acoustic output for the
abovementioned programme simulation noise,
the acoustic output LAeq,T of the listening device
shall be ≤ 100 dBA.
NOTE An example of a wireless listening device is a Bluetooth
headphone.
Zx.5 Measurement methods N/A
Measurements shall be made in accordance with
EN 50332-1 or EN 50332-2 as applicable.
Unless stated otherwise, the time interval T shall
be 30 s.
NOTE Test method for wireless equipment provided without
listening device should be defined.
2.7.1 Replace the subclause as follows: N/A
Basic requirements
To protect against excessive current, short-circuits
and earth faults in PRIMARY CIRCUITS,
protective devices shall be included either as
integral parts of the equipment or as parts of the
building installation, subject to the following, a), b)
and c):
a) except as detailed in b) and c), protective
devices necessary to comply with the
requirements of 5.3 shall be included as parts of
the equipment;
b) for components in series with the mains input to
the equipment such as the supply cord, appliance
coupler, r.f.i. filter and switch, short-circuit and
earth fault protection may be provided by
protective devices in the building installation;


c) it is permitted for PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT
TYPE B or PERMANENTLY CONNECTED
EQUIPMENT, to rely on dedicated overcurrent
and short-circuit protection in the building
installation, provided that the means of protection,
e.g. fuses or circuit breakers, is fully specified in
the installation instructions.
If reliance is placed on protection in the building
installation, the installation instructions shall so
state, except that for PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT
TYPE A the building installation shall be regarded
as providing protection in accordance with the
rating of the wall socket outlet.
2.7.2 This subclause has been declared ‘void’. N/A
3.2.3 Delete the NOTE in Table 3A, and delete also in N/A
this table the conduit sizes in parentheses.
3.2.5.1 Replace “60245 IEC 53” by “H05 RR-F”; N/A
“60227 IEC 52” by “H03 VV-F or
H03 VVH2-F”;
“60227 IEC 53” by “H05 VV-F or
H05 VVH2-F2”.
In Table 3B, replace the first four lines by the
following:
a)
Up to and including 6 | 0,75 |
b)
Over 6 up to and including 10| (0,75) 1,0 |
c)
Over 10 up to and including 16| (1,0) 1,5 |
In the conditions applicable to Table 3B delete the
a)
words “in some countries” in condition .
In NOTE 1, applicable to Table 3B, delete the
second sentence.
(A2:2013)
NOTE Z1 The harmonised code
designations corresponding to the IEC cord types
are given in Annex ZD
3.3.4 In Table 3D, delete the fourth line: conductor sizes N/A
for 10 to 13 A, and replace with the following:
Over 10 up to and including 16 | 1,5 to 2,5 | 1,5 to
4 |
Delete the fifth line: conductor sizes for 13 to 16 A
4.3.13.6 Replace the existing NOTE by the following: N/A
(A1:2010)
NOTE Z1 Attention is drawn to:
1999/519/EC: Council Recommendation on the
limitation of exposure of the general public to
electromagnetic fields 0 Hz to 300 GHz, and
2006/25/EC: Directive on the minimum health and
safety requirements regarding the exposure of
workers to risks arising from physical agents
(artifical optical radiation).
Standards taking into account mentioned N/A
Recommendation and Directive which
demonstrate compliance with the applicable EU
Directive are indicated in the OJEC.


Annex H Replace the last paragraph of this annex by: N/A
At any point 10 cm from the surface of the
OPERATOR ACCESS AREA, the dose rate shall
not exceed 1 μSv/h (0,1 mR/h) (see NOTE).
Account is taken of the background level.
Replace the notes as follows:
NOTE These values appear in Directive
96/29/Euratom.
Delete NOTE 2.
Bibliography Additional EN standards. 
ZA NORMATIVE REFERENCES TO INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATIONS WITH 

THEIR CORRESPONDING EUROPEAN PUBLICATIONS
ZB ANNEX (normative)
SPECIAL NATIONAL CONDITIONS (EN)

1.2.4.1 In Denmark, certain types of Class I appliances N/A
(see 3.2.1.1) may be provided with a plug not
establishing earthing conditions when inserted into
Danish socket-outlets.
1.2.13.14 In Norway and Sweden, for requirements see N/A
(A11:2009) 1.7.2.1 and 7.3 of this annex.
1.5.7.1 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, resistors N/A
(A11:2009) bridging BASIC INSULATION in CLASS I
PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT TYPE A must comply
with the requirements in 1.5.7.1. In addition when
a single resistor is used, the resistor must
withstand the resistor test in 1.5.7.2.
1.5.8 In Norway, due to the IT power system used (see N/A
annex V, Figure V.7), capacitors are required to
be rated for the applicable line-to-line voltage (230
V).
1.5.9.4 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, the third N/A
dashed sentence is applicable only to equipment
as defined in 6.1.2.2 of this annex.


1.7.2.1 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, CLASS I N/A
PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT TYPE A intended for
connection to other equipment or a network shall,
if safety relies on connection to protective earth or
if surge suppressors are connected between the
network terminals and accessible parts, have a
marking stating that the equipment must be
connected to an earthed mains socket-outlet.
The marking text in the applicable countries shall
be as follows:
In Finland: "Laite on liitettävä suojakoskettimilla
varustettuun pistorasiaan"
In Norway: “Apparatet må tilkoples jordet
stikkontakt”
In Sweden: “Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat
uttag”
1.7.2.1 In Norway and Sweden, the screen of the cable
(A11:2009)
distribution system is normally not earthed at the
entrance of the building and there is normally no
equipotential bonding system within the building.
Therefore the protective earthing of the building
installation need to be isolated from the screen of
a cable distribution system.
It is however accepted to provide the insulation
external to the equipment by an adapter or an
interconnection cable with galvanic isolator, which
may be provided by e.g. a retailer.
The user manual shall then have the following or
similar information in Norwegian and Swedish
language respectively, depending on in what
country the equipment is intended to be used in:
“Equipment connected to the protective earthing
of the building installation through the mains
connection or through other equipment with a
connection to protective earthing – and to a cable
distribution system using coaxial cable, may in
some circumstances create a fire hazard.
Connection to a cable distribution system has
therefore to be provided through a device
providing electrical isolation below a certain
frequency range (galvanic isolator, see EN 60728-
11).”


NOTE In Norway, due to regulation for N/A
installations of cable distribution systems, and in
Sweden, a galvanic isolator shall provide electrical
insulation below 5 MHz. The insulation shall
withstand a dielectric strength of 1,5 kV r.m.s., 50
Hz or 60 Hz, for 1 min.
Translation to Norwegian (the Swedish text will
also be accepted in Norway):
“Utstyr som er koplet til beskyttelsesjord via
nettplugg og/eller via annet jordtilkoplet
utstyr – og er tilkoplet et kabel-TV nett, kan
forårsake brannfare. For å unngå dette skal det
ved tilkopling av utstyret til kabel-TV nettet
installeres en galvanisk isolator mellom utstyret og
kabel- TV nettet.”
Translation to Swedish:
”Utrustning som är kopplad till skyddsjord via
jordat vägguttag och/eller via annan
utrustning och samtidigt är kopplad till kabel-TV
nät kan i vissa fall medfőra risk főr
brand. Főr att undvika detta skall vid anslutning av
utrustningen till kabel-TV nät
galvanisk isolator finnas mellan utrustningen och
kabel-TV nätet.”
1.7.2.1 In Denmark, CLASS I PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT N/A
(A2:2013)
TYPE A intended for connection to other
equipment or a network shall, if safety relies on
connection to protective earth or if surge
suppressors are connected between the network
terminals and accessible parts, have a marking
stating that the equipment must be connected to
an earthed mains socket-outlet.
The marking text in Denmark shall be as follows:
In Denmark: “Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en
stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til
stikproppens jord.”
1.7.5 In Denmark, socket-outlets for providing power to N/A
other equipment shall be in accordance with the
Heavy Current Regulations, Section 107-2-D1,
Standard Sheet DK 1-3a, DK 1-5a or DK 1-7a,
when used on Class I equipment. For
STATIONARY EQUIPMENT the socket-outlet
shall be in accordance with Standard Sheet DK 1-
1b or DK 1-5a.
1.7.5 For CLASS II EQUIPMENT the socket outlet shall
(A11:2009)
be in accordance with Standard Sheet DKA 1-4a.


1.7.5 In Denmark, socket-outlets for providing power to N/A
(A2:2013) other equipment shall be in accordance with the
DS 60884-2-D1:2011.
For class I equipment the following Standard
Sheets are applicable: DK 1-3a, DK 1-1c,
DK 1-1d, DK 1-5a or DK 1-7a, with the exception
for STATIONARY EQUIPMENT where the socket-
outlets shall be in accordance with Standard
Sheet DK 1-1b, DK 1-1c, DK 1-1d or DK 1-5a.
Socket outlets intended for providing power to
Class II apparatus with a rated current of 2,5 A
shall be in accordance with DS 60884-2-D1
standard sheet DKA 1-4a. Other current rating
socket outlets shall be in compliance with by
DS 60884-2-D1 Standard Sheet DKA 1-3a or
DKA 1-3b.
Justification
the Heavy Current Regulations, 6c
2.2.4 In Norway, for requirements see 1.7.2.1, 6.1.2.1 N/A
and 6.1.2.2 of this annex.
2.3.2 In Finland, Norway and Sweden there are N/A
additional requirements for the insulation. See
6.1.2.1 and 6.1.2.2 of this annex.
2.3.4 In Norway, for requirements see 1.7.2.1, 6.1.2.1 N/A
and 6.1.2.2 of this annex.
2.6.3.3 In the United Kingdom, the current rating of the N/A
circuit shall be taken as 13 A, not 16 A.
2.7.1 In the United Kingdom, to protect against N/A
excessive currents and short-circuits in the
PRIMARY CIRCUIT of DIRECT PLUG-IN
EQUIPMENT, tests according to 5.3 shall be
conducted, using an external protective device
rated 30 A or 32 A. If these tests fail, suitable
protective devices shall be included as integral
parts of the DIRECT PLUG-IN EQUIPMENT, so
that the requirements of 5.3 are met.
2.10.5.13 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, there are N/A
additional requirements for the insulation, see
3.2.1.1 In Switzerland, supply cords of equipment having N/A
a RATED CURRENT not exceeding 10 A shall be
provided with a plug complying with SEV 1011 or
IEC 60884-1 and one of the following dimension
sheets:
SEV 6532-2.1991 Plug Type 15 3P+N+PE
250/400 V, 10 A


SEV 6533-2.1991 Plug Type 11 L+N
250 V, 10 A
SEV 6534-2.1991 Plug Type 12 L+N+PE
250 V, 10 A
In general, EN 60309 applies for plugs for currents
exceeding 10 A. However, a 16 A plug and
socket-outlet system is being introduced in
Switzerland, the plugs of which are according to
the following dimension sheets, published in
February 1998:
SEV 5932-2.1998: Plug Type 25 , 3L+N+PE
230/400 V, 16 A
SEV 5933-2.1998:Plug Type 21, L+N, 250 V, 16A
SEV 5934-2.1998: Plug Type 23, L+N+PE 250 V,

16 A
3.2.1.1 In Denmark, supply cords of single-phase N/A
equipment having a rated current not exceeding13
A shall be provided with a plug according to the
Heavy Current Regulations, Section 107-2-D1.
CLASS I EQUIPMENT provided with socket-
outlets with earth contacts or which are intended
to be used in locations where protection against
indirect contact is required according to the wiring
rules shall be provided with a plug in accordance
with standard sheet DK 2-1a or DK 2-5a.
If poly-phase equipment and single-phase
equipment having a RATED CURRENT
exceeding 13 A is provided with a supply cord with
a plug, this plug shall be in accordance with the
Heavy Current Regulations, Section 107-2-D1 or
EN 60309-2.


3.2.1.1 In Denmark, supply cords of single-phase N/A
(A2:2013)
equipment having a rated current not exceeding
13 A shall be provided with a plug according to DS
60884-2-D1.
rules shall be provided with a plug in accordance
with standard sheet DK 2-1a or DK 2-5a.
If a single-phase equipment having a RATED
CURRENT exceeding 13 A or if a poly-phase
equipment is provided with a supply cord with a
plug, this plug shall be in accordance with the
standard sheets DK 6-1a in DS 60884-2-D1 or
EN 60309-2.
Justification
the Heavy Current Regulations, 6c
3.2.1.1 In Spain, supply cords of single-phase equipment N/A
having a rated current not exceeding 10 A shall be
provided with a plug according to UNE
20315:1994.
Supply cords of single-phase equipment having a
rated current not exceeding 2,5 A shall be
provided with a plug according to UNE-EN
50075:1993.
rules, shall be provided with a plug in accordance
with standard UNE 20315:1994.
If poly-phase equipment is provided with a supply
cord with a plug, this plug shall be in accordance
with UNE-EN 60309-2.
3.2.1.1 In the United Kingdom, apparatus which is fitted N/A
with a flexible cable or cord and is designed to be
connected to a mains socket conforming to BS
1363 by means of that flexible cable or cord and
plug, shall be fitted with a ‘standard plug’ in
accordance with Statutory Instrument 1768:1994 -
The Plugs and Sockets etc. (Safety) Regulations
1994, unless exempted by those regulations.
NOTE ‘Standard plug’ is defined in SI 1768:1994
and essentially means an approved plug
conforming to BS 1363 or an approved conversion
plug.


3.2.1.1 In Ireland, apparatus which is fitted with a flexible N/A
cable or cord and is designed to be connected to
a mains socket conforming to I.S. 411 by means
of that flexible cable or cord and plug, shall be
fitted with a 13 A plug in accordance with
Statutory Instrument 525:1997 - National
Standards Authority of Ireland (section 28) (13 A
Plugs and Conversion Adaptors for Domestic Use)
Regulations 1997.
3.2.4 In Switzerland, for requirements see 3.2.1.1 of N/A
this annex.
3.2.5.1 In the United Kingdom, a power supply cord with N/A
conductor of 1,25 mm2 is allowed for equipment
with a rated current over 10 A and up to and
including 13 A.
3.3.4 In the United Kingdom, the range of conductor N/A
sizes of flexible cords to be accepted by terminals
for equipment with a RATED CURRENT of over
10 A up to and including 13 A is:
2 2
• 1,25 mm to 1,5 mm nominal cross-sectional
area.
4.3.6 In the United Kingdom, the torque test is N/A
performed using a socket outlet complying with
BS 1363 part 1:1995, including Amendment
1:1997 and Amendment 2:2003 and the plug part
of DIRECT PLUG-IN EQUIPMENT shall be
assessed to BS 1363: Part 1, 12.1, 12.2, 12.3,
12.9, 12.11, 12.12, 12.13, 12.16 and 12.17,
except that the test of 12.17 is performed at not
less than 125 °C. Where the metal earth pin is
replaced by an Insulated Shutter Opening Device
(ISOD), the requirements of clauses 22.2 and 23
also apply.
4.3.6 In Ireland, DIRECT PLUG-IN EQUIPMENT is N/A
known as plug similar devices. Such devices shall
comply with Statutory Instrument 526:1997 -
National Standards Authority of Ireland (Section
28) (Electrical plugs, plug similar devices and
sockets for domestic use) Regulations, 1997.


5.1.7.1 In Finland, Norway and Sweden TOUCH N/A
CURRENT measurement results exceeding 3,5
mA r.m.s. are permitted only for the following
equipment:
• STATIONARY PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT
TYPE A that is intended to be used in a
RESTRICTED ACCESS LOCATION where
equipotential bonding has been applied, for
example, in a telecommunication centre; and
has provision for a permanently connected
PROTECTIVE EARTHING CONDUCTOR; and
is provided with instructions for the installation of
that conductor by a SERVICE PERSON;
• STATIONARY PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT
TYPE B;
• STATIONARY PERMANENTLY CONNECTED
EQUIPMENT.
6.1.2.1 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, add the N/A
(A1:2010) following text between the first and second
paragraph of the compliance clause:
If this insulation is solid, including insulation
forming part of a component, it shall at least
consist of either
- two layers of thin sheet material, each of which
shall pass the electric strength test below, or
- one layer having a distance through insulation of
at least 0,4 mm, which shall pass the electric
strength test below.
Alternatively for components, there is no distance
through insulation requirements for the insulation
consisting of an insulating compound completely
filling the casing, so that CLEARANCES and
CREEPAGE DISTANCES do not exist, if the
component passes the electric strength test in
accordance with the compliance clause below and
in addition
- passes the tests and inspection criteria of
2.10.11 with an electric strength test of 1,5 kV
multiplied by 1,6 (the electric strength test of
2.10.10 shall be performed using 1,5 kV), and
- is subject to ROUTINE TESTING for electric
strength during manufacturing, using a test
voltage of 1,5 kV.


It is permitted to bridge this insulation with an N/A
optocoupler complying with 2.10.5.4 b).
It is permitted to bridge this insulation with a
capacitor complying with EN 60384-14:2005,
subclass Y2.
A capacitor classified Y3 according to EN
60384-14:2005, may bridge this insulation under
the following conditions:
- the insulation requirements are satisfied by
having a capacitor classified Y3 as defined by EN
60384-14, which in addition to the Y3 testing, is
tested with an impulse test of 2,5 kV defined in EN
60950-1:2006, 6.2.2.1;
- the additional testing shall be performed on all
the test specimens as described in EN 60384-14;
- the impulse test of 2,5 kV is to be performed
before the endurance test in EN 60384-14, in the
sequence of tests as described in EN 60384-14.
6.1.2.2 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, the exclusions N/A
are applicable for PERMANENTLY CONNECTED
EQUIPMENT, PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT TYPE
B and equipment intended to be used in a
equipotential bonding has been applied, e.g. in a
telecommunication centre, and which has
provision for a permanently connected
PROTECTIVE EARTHING CONDUCTOR and is
provided with instructions for the installation of
that conductor by a SERVICE PERSON.
7.2 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, for N/A
requirements see 6.1.2.1 and 6.1.2.2 of this
annex.
The term TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK in
6.1.2 being replaced by the term CABLE
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.
7.3 In Norway and Sweden, for requirements see N/A
1.2.13.14 and 1.7.2.1 of this annex.
7.3 In Norway, for installation conditions see EN N/A
60728-11:2005.

Note: Before placing the products in the different countries, the manufacturer
must ensure that:
1. Operating Instructions, Ratings Labels and Warnings Labels written in an
Accepted or Official Language of the county in question.
2. The equipment complies with the National Standards and/or Electrical Codes
of the country in question.

V Security Level: Confidential
Attachment No. 2
National and Group Differences for IEC

60950-1 2nd Ed. +A1:2009 + A2:2013
as per CB Bulletin
Countries Included: See overview on

following page
Attachment contains
Cover page: 1 page
National and Group Differences: 55 pages
Total: 56 pages
Explanation for Abbreviations:

Possible Verdicts: P = Pass, F= Fail, N/A = Not Applicable
Remarks:
Throughout this report, a point is used as the decimal separator.

National Differences covered by this report

Country CENELEC Nation Base standard National standard Tested
Group al
differ. (see differ.
separate
attachment
)
AT Austria Yes - IEC 60950-1 ed2 EN 60950-1/A1:2010 Yes
+ A1
AU Australia - Yes IEC 60950-1 ed2 AS/NZS 60950.1 - 2011 N/A
Belarus - - IEC 60950-1 ed2 - Yes
+ A1
BE Belgium Yes - IEC 60950-1 ed2 EN 60950-1/A1:2010 Yes
+ A1
Brazil - - IEC 60950-1 ed2 - Yes
+ A1
CA Canada - Yes IEC 60950-1 ed2 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. Yes
+ A1 60950-1/A1:2011
CH Switzerland Yes - IEC 60950-1 ed2 SN EN 60950- Yes
+ A1 1/A1:2010
CN China - Yes IEC 60950- GB4943.1-2011 N/A
1(ed.2)
CZ Czech Republic Yes - IEC 60950-1 ed2 EN 60950-1/A1:2010 Yes
+ A1
DE Germany Yes Yes IEC 60950-1 ed2 EN 60950-1/A1:2010 Yes
+ A1 VDE 0805-1:2011-01
DK Denmark Yes Yes IEC 60950-1 ed2 DS/EN 60950- Yes
+ A1 1/A1:2010
ES Spain Yes Yes IEC 60950-1 ed2 UNE EN 60950-1 Yes
FI Finland Yes Yes IEC 60950-1 ed2 EN 60950-1/A1:2010 Yes
+ A1
FR France Yes - IEC 60950-1 ed2 EN 60950-1/A1:2010 Yes
+ A1
GB United Kingdom Yes Yes IEC 60950-1 ed2 BS EN 60950- Yes
+ A1 1/A1:2010
HU Hungary Yes - IEC 60950-1 ed2 EN 60950-1/A1:2010 Yes
+ A1
IE Ireland Yes Yes IEC 60950-1 ed2 EN 60950-1 Yes
IL Israel - Yes IEC 60950-1 ed2 SI 60950-1:2009 Yes
+ A1
IN India - - IEC 60950-1 ed2 - Yes
+ A1
IT Italy Yes - IEC 60950-1 ed2 EN 60950-1/A1:2010 Yes
+ A1
JP Japan - Yes IEC 60950-1 ed1 J3000 (H21) Yes
J60950-1(H22)

National Differences covered by this report

Country CENELEC Nation Base standard National standard Tested
Group al
differ. (see differ.
separate
attachment
)
KR Korea - Yes IEC 60950-1 ed2 K 60950-1 Yes
+ A1
MY Malaysia - - IEC 60950-1 ed2 - Yes
+ A1
NO Norway Yes - IEC 60950-1 ed2 EN 60950-1/A1:2010 Yes
+ A1
NL Netherlands Yes - IEC 60950-1 ed2 EN 60950-1/A1:2010 Yes
+ A1
PL Poland Yes - IEC 60950-1 ed2 EN 60950-1/A1:2010 Yes
+ A1
Russian Republic - - IEC 60950-1 ed1 - Yes
Saudi Arabia - - IEC 60950-1 ed1 - Yes
SE Sweden Yes Yes IEC 60950-1 ed2 SS-EN60950-1/A1:2010 Yes
+ A1
SG Singapore - - IEC 60950-1 ed2 - Yes
+ A1
SI Slovenia Yes - IEC 60950-1 ed2 SIST EN Yes
+ A1 60950/A1:2010
UA Ukraine - Yes IEC 60950 ed3 DSTU 4113-2001 Yes
US United States of - Yes IEC 60950-1 ed2 Yes
UL 60950-1/R:2011-12
America + A1

General remarks:
The test results presented in this report relate only to the object tested.
This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written approval of the Issuing testing
laboratory.
Throughout this report a point is used as the decimal separator.
See attachment 1 for European Group Differences and National Differences.
Note: Before placing the products in the different countries, the manufacturer must ensure that:
1. Operating Instructions, Ratings Labels and Warnings Labels written in an Accepted or Official
Language of the county in question.
2. The equipment complies with the National Standards and/or Electrical Codes of the country in
question.
3. Mains plugs and internal wirings should be assessed to the national standard. (Optional for direct
plug-in equipment with some plug types not evaluated)
Possible test case verdicts:
- test case does not apply to the test object ................ : N/A
- test object does meet the requirement ...................... : P (Pass)
- test object does not meet the requirement ................ : F (Fail)

AU Australia AU
Annex ZZ 
(normative)
Variations to IEC 60950-1:2005 (Second Edition) + Am 1:2009 + Am 2:2013 for
application
in Australia and New Zealand
ZZ1 Introduction This Annex sets out variations between this Standard and IEC 
60950-1:2001. These variations indicate national variations for purposes of the
IECEE CB Scheme and will be published in the IECEE CB Bulletin. These
variations are indicated within the body of the Standard.
ZZ.2 Variations
The variations are as follows:
1.2 Insert the following between ‘person, service’ and N/A
‘range, rated frequency’:
POTENTIAL IGNITION SOURCE 1.2.12
1.2.12.20 Insert a new Clause 1.2.12.201 after Clause N/A
1 1.2.12.15 as follows:
1.2.12.201
POTENTIAL IGNITION SOURCE
Possible fault which can start a fire if the open-
circuit voltage measured across an interruption or
faulty contact exceeds a value of 50 V (peak) a.c.
or d.c. and the product of the peak value of this
voltage and the measured r.m.s. current under
normal operating conditions exceeds 15 VA.
Such a faulty contact or interruption in an electrical
connection includes those which may occur in
CONDUCTIVE PATTERNS on PRINTED
BOARDS.
NOTE 201 An electronic protection circuit may be used to
prevent such a fault from becoming a POTENTIAL IGNITION
SOURCE.
NOTE 202 This definition is from AS/NZS 60065:2003.
1.5.1 1. Add the following to the end of the first N/A
paragraph:
‘or the relevant Australian/New Zealand Standard.’
2. In NOTE 1, add the following after the
word ‘standard’:
‘or an Australian/New Zealand Standard’
1.5.2. Add the following to the end of the first and third N/A
dash items:
‘or the relevant Australian/New Zealand Standard’

AU Australia AU
3.2.5.1 Modify Table 3B as follows: N/A
1. Delete the first four rows and replace with the following:
Minimum conductor sizes
RATED CURRENT of equipment
Nominal AWG or kcmil [cross-
cross-sectional area sectional area in mm2]
A
mm2 see Note 2
Over 0.2 up to and including 3 0,5 a 18 [0,8]
Over 3 up to and including 7.5 0,75 16 [1,3]
Over 7.5 up to and including 10 (0,75) b 1,00 16 [1,3]
Over 10 up to and including 16 (1,0) c 1,5 14 [2]
2. Delete NOTE 1.
a
3. Delete Footnote and replace with the following:
a
This nominal cross-sectional area is only allowed for Class II appliances if the
length of the power supply cord, measured between the point where the cord, or
cord guard, enters the appliance, and the entry to the plug does not exceed 2 m
2
(0,5 mm three-core supply flexible cords are not permitted; see AS/NZS 3191).
4.1.201 Insert a new Clause 4.1.201 after Clause 4.1 as N/A
follows:
4.1.201 Display devices used for television
purposes
Display devices which may be used for television
purposes, with a mass of 7 kg or more, shall
comply with the requirements for stability and
mechanical hazards, including the additional
stability requirements for television receivers,
specified in AS/NZS 60065.
4.3.6 Delete the third paragraph and replace with the
following:
Equipment with a plug portion, suitable for
insertion into a 10 A 3-pin flatpin socket-outlet
complying with AS/NZS 3112 shall comply with the
requirements in AS/NZS 3112 for equipment with
integral pins for insertion into socket-outlets.
4.3.13.5. Add the following to the end of the first paragraph: Changed by A1 to AS/NZS
1 ‘or AS/NZS 2211.1’ 60950.1:2011 to read ‘or AS/NZS
60825.1 and AS/NZS 60825.2’
and the relevant clause to
4.3.13.5.1.
4.7 Add the following new paragraph to the end of the N/A
clause:
‘For alternate tests refer to Clause 4.7.201.’
4.7.201 Insert a new Clause 4.7.201 after Clause 4.7.3.6 N/A
as follows:
4.7.201 Resistance to fire – Alternative tests

AU Australia AU
4.7.201.1 4.7.201.1 General N/A
Parts of non-metallic material shall be resistant to
ignition and spread of fire.
This requirement does not apply to decorative
trims, knobs and other parts unlikely to be ignited
or to propagate flames from inside the apparatus,
or the following:
(a) Components that are contained in an enclosure
having a flammability category of V-0 according to
AS/NZS 60695.11.10 and having openings only for
the connecting wires filling the openings
completely, and for ventilation not exceeding 1mm
in width regardless of length.
(b) The following parts which would contribute
negligible fuel to a fire:
- small mechanical parts, the mass of which does
not exceed 4g, such as mounting parts, gears,
cams, belts and bearings;
- small electrical components, such as capacitors
3
with a volume not exceeding 1,750 mm ,
integrated circuits, transistors and optocoupler
packages, if these components are mounted on
material of flammability category V-1, or better,
according to AS/NZS 60695.11.10.
NOTE In considering how to minimize propagation of fire and
what ‘small parts’ are, account should be taken of the
cumulative effect of small parts adjacent to each other for the
possible effect of propagating the fire from one part to another.
Compliance shall be checked by the tests of
4.7.201.2, 4.7.201.3, 4.7.201.4 and 4.7.201.5.
For the base material of printed boards,
compliance shall be checked by the test of
4.7.201.5.
The tests shall be carried out on parts of non-
metallic material which have been removed from
the apparatus. When the glow-wire test is carried
out, the parts shall be placed in the same
orientation as they would be in normal use.
These tests are not carried out on internal wiring.
4.7.201.2 4.7.201.2 Testing of non-metallic materials N/A
Parts of non-metallic material shall be subject to
the glow-wire test of AS/NZS 60695.2.11 which
shall be carried out at 550 °C.
Parts for which the glow-wire test cannot be
carried out, such as those made of soft or foamy
material, shall meet the requirements specified in
ISO 9772 for category FH-3 material. The glow-
wire test shall be not carried out on parts of
material classified at least FH-3 according to ISO
9772 provided that the sample tested was not
thicker than the relevant part.

AU Australia AU
4.7.201.3 4.7.201.3 Testing of insulating materials N/A
Parts of insulating material supporting POTENTIAL
IGNITION SOURCES shall be subject to the glow-
wire test of AS/NZS 60695.2.11 which shall be
carried out at 750 °C.
The test shall be also carried out on other parts of
insulating material which are within a distance of 3
mm of the connection.
NOTE Contacts in components such as switch contacts are
considered to be connections.
For parts which withstand the glow-wire test but
produce a flame, other parts above the connection
within the envelope of a vertical cylinder having a
diameter of 20 mm and a height of 50 mm shall be
subjected to the needle-flame test. However, parts
shielded by a barrier which meets the needle-flame
test shall not be tested.
The needle-flame test shall be made in
accordance with AS/NZS 60695.11.5 with the
following modifications:
Clause of Change
AS/NZS 60695.11.5
9 Test procedure
9.2 Application of Replace the first
needleflame paragraph with:
The specimen shall be
arranged so that the
flame can be applied to
a vertical or horizontal
edge as shown in the
examples of figure 1. If
possible the flame shall
be applied at least 10
mm from a corner
Replace the second
paragraph with:
The duration of
application of the test
flame shall be 30 s
±1 s.
9.3 Number of test Replace with:
specimens The test shall be made
on one specimen. If
the specimen does not
withstand the test, the
test may be repeated
on two further
specimens, both of
which shall withstand
the test.
11 Evaluation of test Replace with:
results The duration of burning
(tb) shall not exceed
30 s. However, for
printed circuit boards, it
shall not exceed 15 s.
AU Australia AU
The needle-flame test shall not be carried out on
parts of material classified as V-0 or V-1 according
to AS/NZS 60695.11.10, provided that the sample
tested was not thicker than the relevant part.
4.7.201.5 4.7.201.5 Testing of printed boards N/A
The base material of printed boards shall be
subjected to the needle-flame test of Clause
4.7.201.3. The flame shall be applied to the edge
of the board where the heat sink effect is lowest
when the board is positioned as in normal use. The
flame shall not be applied to an edge, consisting of
broken perforations, unless the edge is less than 3
mm from a POTENTIAL IGNITION SOURCE.
The test is not carried out if the —
- Printed board does not carry any POTENTIAL
IGNITION SOURCE;
- Base material of printed boards, on which the
available apparent power at a connection exceeds
15 VA operating at a voltage exceeding 50 V and
equal or less than 400 V (peak) a.c. or d.c. under
normal operating conditions, is of flammability
category V-1 or better according to AS/NZS
60695.11.10, or the printed boards are protected
by an enclosure meeting the flammability category
V-0 according to AS/NZS 60695.11.10, or made of
metal, having openings only for connecting wires
which fill the openings completely; or
- Base material of printed boards, on which the
available apparatus power at a connection
exceeds 15 VA operating at a voltage exceeding
400 V (peak) a.c. or d.c. under normal operating
conditions, and base material of printed boards
supporting spark gaps which provides protection
against overvoltages, is of flammability category V-
0 according to AS/NZS 60695.11.10 or the printed
boards are contained in a metal enclosure, having
openings only for connecting wires which fill the
openings completely.
Compliance shall be determined using the smallest
thickness of the material.
NOTE Available apparent power is the maximum apparent
power which can be drawn from the supplying circuit through a
resistive load whose value is chosen to maximise the apparent
power for more than 2 min when the circuit supplied is
disconnected.
6.2.2 For Australia only, delete the first paragraph and N/A
Note, and replace with the following:
In Australia only, compliance with 6.2.2 shall be
checked by the tests of both 6.2.2.1 and 6.2.2.2.

AU Australia AU
6.2.2.1 For Australia only, delete the first paragraph N/A
including the Notes, and replace with the following:
In Australia only, the electrical separation is
subjected to 10 impulses of alternating polarity,
using the impulse test generator reference 1 of
Table N.1. The interval between successive
impulses is 60 s and the initial voltage, Uc, is:
(i) for 6.2.1 a): 7.0 kV for hand-held telephones
and for headsets and 2.5 kV for other equipment;
and
(ii) for 6.2.1 b) and 6.2.1 c): 1.5 kV.
NOTE 201 The 7 kV impulse simulates lightning surges on
typical rural and semi-rural network lines.
NOTE 202 The value of 2.5 kV for 6.2.1 a) was chosen to
ensure the adequacy of the insulation concerned and does not
necessarily simulate likely overvoltages.
6.2.2.2 For Australia only, delete the second paragraph N/A
including the Note, and replace with the following:
In Australia only, the a.c. test voltage is:
(i) for 6.2.1 a): 3 kV; and
(ii) for 6.2.1 b) and 6.2.1 c): 1.5 kV.
NOTE 201 Where there are capacitors across the insulation
under test, it is recommended that d.c. test voltages are used.
NOTE 202 The 3 kV and 1.5 kV values have been determined
considering the low frequency induced voltages from the power
supply distribution system.
7.3 Add the following before the first paragraph:
Equipment providing functions that fall only within
the scope of AS/NZS 60065 and that incorporate a
PSTN interface, are not required to comply with
this Clause where the only ports provided on the
equipment, in addition to a coaxial cable
connection and a PSTN interface, are audio or
video ports and analogue or data ports not
intended to be used for telecommunications
purposes.
Annex P Normative references N/A
(List of relevant Australia/New Zealand Standards
that have been inserted in place of some of the
International Standards)
Index 1.Insert the following between ‘asbestos, not to be N/A
used as insulation’ and ‘attitude see orientation’:
AS/NZS 2211.1……………...4.3.13.5
AS/NZS 3112………………..4.3.6
AS/NZS 3191………………..3.2.5.1(Table 3B)
AS/NZS 60064………………4.1.201
AS/NZS 60695.2.11…………4.7.201.2, 4.7.201.3
AS/NZS 60695.11.10………..4.7.201.1, 4.7.201.5
AS/NZS 60695.11.5…………4.7.201.3
2. Insert the following between ‘positive
temperature coefficient(PTC) device’ and ‘Powder’:
Potential ignition source…………………1.2.201,
4.7.201.3, 4.7.201.5

CA Canada CA
Canada and the United States of America have adopted a single, bi-national 
standard, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1/UL60950-1, Second Edition, which is
based on IEC 60950-1, Second Edition. This bi-national standard should be
consulted for further details on the national conditions and differences summarized
below.
SPECIAL NATIONAL CONDITIONS 

The following is a summary of the key national differences based on national 
regulatory requirements, such as the Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) Part and the
Canadian Building Code, which are referenced in legislation and which form the
basis for the rules and practices followed in electrical and building installations.
1.1.1 All equipment is to be designed to allow N/A
installation in accordance with the National
Electrical Code (NEC), ANSI/NFPA 70, the
Canadian Electrical Code (CEC), Part I,
CAN/CSA C22.1, and when applicable, the
National Electrical Safety Code, IEEE C2.
Also, unless marked or otherwise identified,
installation is allowed per the Standard for the
Protection of Electronic
Computer/Data-Processing Equipment,
ANSI/NFPA 75.
1.4.14 For Pluggable Equipment Type A, the N/A
protection in the installation is assumed to be
20A.
1.5.5 For lengths exceeding 3.05 m, external N/A
interconnecting flexible cord and cable
assemblies are required to be a suitable cable
type (e.g., DP, CL2) specified in the
CEC/NEC.
For lengths 3.05 m or less, external

assemblies that are not types specified in the
CEC are required to have special construction
features and identification markings.
1.7.1 Equipment for use on a.c. mains supply N/A
systems with a neutral and more than
one phase conductor (e.g. 120/240 V,
3-wire) require a special marking
format for electrical ratings.
A voltage rating that exceeds an attachment

plug cap rating is only permitted if it does not
exceed the extreme operating conditions in
Table 2 of CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 235, and if it
is part of a range that extends into the Table 2
"Normal Operating Conditions." Likewise, a
voltage rating shall not be lower than the
specified "Normal Operating Conditions,"
unless it is part of a range that extends into
the "Normal Operating Conditions."

CA Canada CA
1.7.7 Wiring terminals intended to supply Class 2 N/A
outputs in accordance with CEC Part 1 or
NEC shall be marked with the voltage rating
and “Class 2” or equivalent. Marking shall be
located adjacent to the terminals and shall be
visible during wiring.
2.5 Where a fuse is used to provide Class 2, N/A
Limited Power Source, or TNV current
limiting, it shall not be operator-accessible
unless it is not interchangeable.
2.6.3.3 The first column on Table 2D modified to
require, “Smaller of the RATED CURRENT of
the equipment or the PROTECTIVE
CURRENT RATING of the circuit under
consideration.”
2.7.1 Suitable NEC/CEC branch circuit protection N/A
rated at the maximum circuit rating is required
for all standard supply outlets and receptacles
(such as supplied in power distribution units) if
the supply branch circuit protection is not
suitable.
Power distribution transformers distributing

power at 100 volts or more, and rated 10 kVA
or more, require special transformer
overcurrent protection.
3.2 Wiring methods (terminals, leads, etc.) used N/A
for the connection of the equipment to the
mains shall be in accordance with the
NEC/CEC.
3.2.1 Power supply cords are required to have N/A
attachment plugs rated not less than 125
percent of the rated current of the equipment.
3.2.1.2 Equipment connected to a centralized d.c. N/A
power system, and having one pole of the DC
mains input terminal connected to the main
protective earthing terminal in the equipment,
is required to comply with special earthing,
wiring, marking and installation instruction
requirements.
3.2.3 Permanent connection of equipment to the N/A
mains supply by a power supply cord is not
permitted, except for certain equipment, such
as ATMs.
3.2.5 Power supply cords are required to be no N/A
longer than 4.5 m in length.
Flexible power supply cords are required to be

compatible with Tables 11 and 12 of the CEC
and Article 400 of the NEC.
3.2.9 Permanently connected equipment is required N/A
to have a suitable wiring compartment and
wire bending space.
3.3 Wiring terminals and associated spacings for N/A
field wiring connections shall comply with CSA
C22.2 No. 0.

CA Canada CA
3.3.3 Wire binding screws are not permitted to N/A
attach conductors larger than 10 AWG (5.3
2
mm ).
3.3.4 Terminals for permanent wiring, including N/A
protective earthing terminals, are required to
be suitable for Canadian/US wire gauge sizes,
rated 125 percent of the equipment rating,
and be specially marked when specified
(1.7.7).
3.3.5 First column of Table 3E revised to require
“Smaller of the RATED CURRENT of the
equipment or the PROTECTIVE CURRENT
RATING of the circuit under consideration.”
3.4.2 Motor control devices are required for N/A
cord-connected equipment with a motor if the
equipment is rated more than 12 A, or if the
motor has a nominal voltage rating greater
than 120 V, or is rated more than 1/3 hp
(locked rotor current over 43 A).
3.4.8 Vertically-mounted disconnect switches and N/A
circuit breakers are required to have the "on"
position indicated by the handle in the up
position.
3.4.11 For computer room applications, equipment N/A
with battery systems capable of supplying 750
VA for five minutes are required to have a
battery disconnect means that may be
connected to the computer room remote
power-off circuit.
4.3.12 The maximum quantity of flammable liquid N/A
stored in equipment is required to comply with
NFPA 30.
4.3.13.5 Equipment with lasers is required to meet the N/A
Canadian Radiation Emitting Devices Act,
REDR C1370 and/or Code of Federal
Regulations 21 CFR 1040, as applicable.
4.7 For computer room applications, automated N/A
information storage systems with combustible
3
media greater than 0.76 m (27 cu ft) are
required to have a provision for connection of
either automatic sprinklers or a gaseous agent
extinguishing system with an extended
discharge.
4.7.3.1 For computer room applications, enclosures N/A
with combustible material measuring greater
2
than 0.9 m (10 sq ft) or a single dimension
greater than 1.8 m (6 ft) are required to have
a flame spread rating of 50 or less. For other
applications, enclosures with the same
dimensions require a flame spread rating of
200 or less.
Annex H Equipment that produces ionizing radiation is N/A
required to comply with the Canadian
Radiation Emitting Devices Act, REDR C1370
and/or Code of Federal Regulations, 21 CFR
1020, as applicable.

CA Canada CA
OTHER DIFFERENCES 
The following key national differences are based on requirements other than national
regulatory requirements.
1.5.1 Some components and materials associated N/A
with the risk of fire, electric shock, or personal
injury are required to have component or
material ratings in accordance with the
applicable national (Canadian and/or U.S.)
component or material standard
requirements. These components include:
attachment plugs, battery packs
(rechargeable type, used with transportable
equipment), cathode ray tubes, circuit
breakers, communication circuit accessories,
connectors (used for current interruption of
non-LPS circuits), cord sets and power supply
cords, direct plug-in equipment, enclosures
(outdoor), flexible cords and cables, fuses
(branch circuit), fuseholders, ground-fault
current interrupters, industrial control
equipment, insulating tape, interconnecting
cables, lampholders, limit controls, printed
wiring, protectors for communications circuits,
receptacles, solid state controls,
supplementary protectors, switches
(including interlock switches), thermal cutoffs,
thermostats, (multi-layer) transformer winding
wire, transient voltage surge suppressors,
tubing, wire connectors, and wire and cables.
1.6.1.2 A circuit for connection to the DC Mains N/A
Supply is classified as either a SELV Circuit,
TNV-2 Circuit or Hazardous Voltage Circuit
depending on the maximum operating voltage
of the supply. This maximum operating
voltage shall include consideration of the
battery charging “float voltage” associated
with the intended supply system, regardless
of the marked power rating of the equipment.
2.3.1 For TNV-2 and TNV-3 circuits with other than N/A
ringing signals and with voltages exceeding
42.4 Vpeak or 60 Vd.c., the maximum
acceptable current through a 2000 ohm
resistor (or greater) connected across the
voltage source with other loads disconnected
is 7.1 mA peak or 30 mA d.c. under normal
operating conditions.
2.3.2.1 In the event of a single fault between TNV N/A
and SELV circuits, the limits of 2.2.3 apply to
SELV Circuits and accessible conductive
parts.
2.6.3.4 Protective bonding conductors of non- N/A
standard protective bonding constructions
(e.g., printed circuit traces) may be subjected
to the additional limited short circuit test
conditions specified.

CA Canada CA
4.2.8.1 Enclosures around CRTs with a face diameter N/A
of 160 mm or more are required to reduce the
risk of injury due to the implosion of the CRT.
4.3.2 Equipment with handles is required to comply N/A
with special loading tests.
5.1.8.3 Equipment intended to receive N/A
telecommunication ringing signals is required
to comply with a special touch current
measurement tests.
5.3.7 Internal (e.g., card cage) SELV circuit N/A
connectors and printed wiring board
connectors that are accessible to the operator
and that deliver power are to be overloaded.
During abnormal operating testing, if a circuit

is interrupted by the opening of a component,
the test shall be repeated twice (three tests
total) using new components as necessary.
6.4 Equipment intended for connection to N/A
telecommunication network outside plant
cable is required to be protected against
overvoltage from power line crosses in
accordance with 6.4 and Annex NAC.
Annex Articulated accessibility probe (Fig EE.3)
EE required for assessing accessibility to
document/media shredders instead of the
Figure 2A test finger.
M.2 Continuous ringing signals up to 16 mA only N/A
are permitted if the equipment is subjected to
special installation and performance
restrictions.
Annex Equipment connected to a telecommunication N/A
NAD and cable distribution networks and supplied
with an earphone intended to be held against,
or in the ear is required to comply with special
acoustic pressure requirements.

CN China CN
1.1.2 GB 4943.1-2011 applies to equipment for use N/A
at altitudes not exceeding 5000m above sea
level, primarily in regions with moderate or
tropical climates.
Amend the third dashed paragraph of 1.1.2
as:
——equipment intended to be used in
vehicles, on board ships or aircraft, at
altitudes greater than 5000m;
1.4.5 If the equipment is intended for direct N/A
connection to an AC MAINS SUPPLY, the
tolerances on RATED VOLTAGE shall be
taken as +6 % and –10 % in 1.4.5 of
IEC60950(ed.3), but it shall be taken as
+10 % and –10 % in 1.4.5 of GB4943-2001.
The first dash paragraph“− the RATED
VOLTAGE is 230 V single-phase or 400 V
three-phase, in which case the tolerance shall
be taken as +10 % and –10 % ” is deleted in
GB4943-2001.
1.4.12.1 Tma in clause 1.4.12.1 amended as: Tma: is N/A
the maximum ambient temperature permitted
by the manufacturer's specification, or 35 °C,
whichever is greater.
Add note 1: For equipment not to be operated

at tropical climatic conditions, Tma: is the
maximum ambient temperature permitted by
the manufacturer's specification, or 25 °C,
whichever is greater.
Add note 2: For equipment is to be operated
at 2000m-5000m above sea leave, its
temperature test conditions and temperature
limits are under consideration.
1.5. 2 Add a note behind the first break off section in N/A
Clause 1.5.2: A component used shall comply
with related requirements corresponding
altitude of 5000m.
1.7 Add one paragraph before the last paragraph: N/A
The required marking and instruction should
be given in normative Chinese unless
otherwise specified.
1.7.1 Based on the AC mains supply of China, the N/A
RATED VOLTAGE should be 220V (single
phase) or 380V (three-phases) for single rated
voltage, for RATED VOLTAGE RANGE, it
should cover 220V or 380V (three-phases), for
multiple RATED VOLTAGES, one of them
should be 220V or 380V (three-phases) and
set on 220V or 380V (three-phases) when
manufactured.
And the RATED FREQUENCY or RATED

FREQUENCY RANGE should be 50Hz or
include 50Hz.

CN China CN
1.7.2.1 Add requirements of warning for equipment N/A
intended to be used at altitudes not exceeding
2000m or at non-tropical climate regions:
For equipment intended to be used at altitude
not exceeding 2000m, a warning label
containing the following or a similar
appropriate wording, or a symbol as in annex
DD shall fixed to the equipment at readily
visible place.
"Only used at altitude not exceeding 2000m."
≤2000m
For equipment intended to be used in not-

tropical climate regions, a warning label
containing the following or a similar
appropriate wording, or a symbol as in annex
DD shall fixed to the equipment at readily
visible place.
"Only used in not-tropical climate regions."
If only the symbol used, the explanation of the

symbol shall be contained in the instruction
manual.
The above statements shall be given in a
language acceptable to the regions where the
apparatus is intended to be used.
2.7.1 Amended the first paragraph as: N/A
Protection in PRIMARY CIRCUITS against
overcurrent short-circuits and earth faults shall
be provided as an integral part of the
equipment except special provisions. And the
protective device shall meet the requirement
of Clause 5.3.
Delete note of Clause 2.7.1.

CN China CN
2.9.2 First section of Clause 2.9.2 amended as two N/A
sections:
Where required by 2.9.1, 2.10.8.3, 2.10.10 or
2.10.11, humidity conditioning is conducted for
120 h in a cabinet or room containing air with
ambient temperature 40±2℃ and a relative
humidity of (93±3)%. During this conditioning
the component or subassembly is not
energized.
For equipment not to be operated at tropical
climatic conditions, Where required by 2.9.1,
2.10.8.3, 2.10.10 or 2.10.11, humidity
conditioning is conducted for 48 h in a cabinet
or room containing air with a relative humidity
of (93±3) %. The temperature of the air, at all
places where samples can be located, is
maintained within 2 °C of any convenient
value between 20 °C and 30 °C such that
condensation does not occur.
Due to pretreatment of equipment operated at
high altitude area is humidity conditioning
withstand hot shock, specific requirements are
to be considered.
Add note: For equipment to be operated at

2000 m - 5000m above sea level, assessment
and requirement of humidity conditioning for
Insulation material properties are considered.
2.10.3.1 Amend the third paragraph of Clause 2.10.3.1 N/A
to be:
These requirements apply for equipment to be
operated up to 2000 m above sea level. For
equipment to be operated at more than 2000
m above sea level and up to 5000m above
sea level, the minimum CLEARANCE shall be
multiplied by the factor 1.48 corresponding
altitude of 5000m given in Table A.2 of IEC
60664-1. For equipment to be operated at
more than 5000 m above sea level, the
minimum CLEARANCE shall be multiplied by
the factor given in Table A.2 of IEC 60664-1.
Linear interpolation is permitted between the
nearest two points in Table A.2. The
calculated minimum CLEARANCE using this
multiplication factor shall be rounded up to the
next higher 0,1 mm increment.
2.10.3.3& Add "(applicable for altitude up to 2000m)" in N/A
2.10.3.4 header of Table 2K, 2L and 2M.

CN China CN
2.10.3.4 Add a new section above Table 2K and in N/A
Clause 2.10.3.4:
Minimum CLEARANCES determined by
above rules apply for equipment to be
operated up to 2000m above sea level. For
equipment to be operated at 2000 m - 5000m
above sea level, the minimum CLEARANCE
shall be multiplied by the factor 1.48
corresponding altitude of 5000m given in
Table A.2 of GB/T16935.1（ IEC 60664-1）.
For equipment to be operated at more than
5000 m above sea level, the minimum
CLEARANCE shall be multiplied by the factor
given in Table A.2 of GB/T16935.1.
3.2.1.1 Add a paragraph before the last paragraph: N/A
Plugs connected to AC mains supply shall
comply with GB 1002 or GB 1003 or GB/T
11918 as applicable.
4.2.8 Clause 4.2.8 cathode ray tubes quoted Clause N/A
18 of GB8898-2011.
Delete note of Clause 4.2.8.

Annex E Last section of Annex E amended as: For N/A
comparison of winding temperatures
determined by the resistance method of this
annex with the temperature limits of Table 4B,
35 °C shall be added to the calculated
temperature rise. And add note: for equipment
not to be operated at tropical climatic
conditions, 25 °C shall be added to the
calculated temperature rise to compare with
the temperature of Table 4B.
Annex Change the second section of Clause G.6 to N/A
G.6 be: For equipment to be operated at 2000 m -
5000m above sea level, the minimum
CLEARANCE shall be multiplied by the factor
1.48 corresponding altitude of 5000m given in
Table A.2 of GB/T16935.1. For equipment to
be operated at more than 5000 m above sea
level, the minimum CLEARANCE shall be
multiplied by the factor given in Table A.2 of
IEC 60664-1. Linear interpolation is permitted
between the nearest two points in Table A.2.
The calculated minimum CLEARANCE using
this multiplication factor shall be rounded up to
the next higher 0,1 mm increment.
Annex Amended as : N/A
BB The differences between Chinese national
(informati standards GB 4943.1-2011 and GB 4943-
ve) 2001.

CN China CN
Annex Added annex DD: Instructions for the new N/A
DD safety warning labels.
(normativ
e) DD.1 Altitude warning label
Meaning of the label: Evaluation for apparatus

only based on altitude not exceeding 2000m,
therefor it’s the only operating condition
applied for the equipment .There may be
some potential safety hazard if the equipment
is used at altitude above 2000m .
DD.2 Climate warning label
Meaning of the label: Evaluation for apparatus

only based on temperate climate condition,
therefor it’s the only operating condition
applied for the equipment .There may be
some potential safety hazard if the equipment
is used in tropical climate region.
Annex Added annex EE: N/A
EE Illustration relative to safety explanation in
(informati normative Chinese, Tibetan, Mongolian,
ve) Zhuang Language and Uighu.
Other In accordance with the relevant CTL decisions N/A
amendm and the amendments of IEC 60950-1, the
ents specific requirements or mistakes in IEC
standard are corrected or editorially modified
in this part, Including clause 1.7, 2.1.1.7,
2.9.2, Table 2H, Figure 2H, F.8, F.9, M.3 and
Annex U.

CN China CN
Quoting The principles of quoting and referring to other standards in Annex P and reference N/A
standard documents of IEC 60950-1 are as follows:
s and If the date of the reference document is given, only that edition applies, excluding
reference any subsequent corrigenda and amendments. However, parties to agreements
documen based on this part are encouraged to investigate the possibility of applying the most
ts recent editions of the reference documents. For undated references, the latest
edition of the referenced document applies, including any corrigenda and
amendments.
For the usage of international standards in Chinese national standards and industry
standards is various, in the aim of achieving easy operation and based on the
requirements of GB/T 1.1 and GB/T 20000.2, when quoting an entire international
standard in the normative quoting files and reference documents of Annex P of this
part, the principles of quotation are as follows:
- If there is no national standard or industry standard corresponding to the
international standard, then the international standard is quoted;
- If there is national standard or industry standard corresponding to the international
standard, then either the national or industry standard is quoted;
- If the date of the national standard or industry standard is not given, the latest
edition of the standard applies;
- The national standard or industry standard number, corresponding international
standard number and the consistency level code should be identified in
parentheses behind the listed national standard or industry standard.
When quoting several chapters or clauses of the international standard, the
principles of quotation are as follows:
- If there is no national standard or industry standard corresponding to the
international standard, then the international standard is quoted;
- If there is national standard or industry standard corresponding to the international
standard, then either the national or industry standard is quoted.
Meanwhile, in order to retain the relevant information on international standards,
informative annex CC is increased, which gives the table about the comparison of
the normative quoting files and reference documents in IEC 60950-1: 2005 and GB
4943.1-2011.

DE Germany DE
Annex According to GPSG, section 2, clause 4: P
ZC, cl. If certain rules on the use, supplementation or
1.7.2.1 maintenance of an item of technical work
equipment or ready-to-use commodity must
be observed in order to guarantee safety and
health, instructions for use in German must be
supplied when it is brought into circulation.

ES Spain ES
3.2.1.1 In Spain, supply cords of single-phase N/A
equipment having a rated current not
exceeding 10 A shall be provided with a plug
according to UNE 20315:1994.
Supply cords of single-phase equipment
having a rated current not exceeding 2,5 A
shall be provided with a plug according to
UNE-EN 50075:1993.
outlets with earth contacts or which are
intended to be used in locations where
protection against indirect contact is required
according to the wiring rules, shall be
provided with a plug in accordance with
standard UNE 20315:1994.
If poly-phase equipment is provided with a
supply cord with a plug, this plug shall be in
accordance with UNE-EN 60309-2.

FI Finland FI
1.5.7.1 Resistors bridging BASIC INSULATION in N/A
CLASS I PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT TYPE A
must comply with the requirements in 1.5.7.2.
In addition when a single resistor is used, the
resistor must withstand the resistor test in
1.5.7.2.
1.5.9.4 The third dashed sentence is applicable only N/A
to equipment as defined in 6.1.2.2 of this
annex.
1.7.2.1 CLASS I PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT TYPE A N/A
intended for connection to other equipment or
a
network shall, if safety relies on connection to
protective earth or if surge suppressors are
connected between the network terminals and
accessible parts, have a marking stating that
the equipment must be connected to an
earthed mains socket-outlet.
The marking text shall be as follows:
"Laite on liitettävä suojakoskettimilla
2.3.2 There are additional requirements for the N/A
insulation. See 6.1.2.1 and 6.1.2.2 of this
annex.
2.10.5.13 There are additional requirements for the N/A
insulation. See 6.1.2.1 and 6.1.2.2 of this
annex.
5.1.7.1 TOUCH CURRENT measurement results N/A
exceeding 3,5 mA r.m.s. are permitted only for
the following equipment:
 STATIONARY PLUGGABLE
EQUIPMENT TYPE A that
o is intended to be used in a
RESTRICTED ACCESS LOCATION
where equipotential bonding has been
applied, for example, in
telecommunication centre; and
o has provision for a permanently
connected PROTECTIVE EARTHING
CONDUCTOR; and
o is provided with instructions for the
installation of that conductor by a
SERVICE PERSON;
 STATIONARY PLUGGABLE
EQUIPMENT TYPE B;
 STATIONARY PERMANENTLY
CONNECTED EQUIPMENT.

FI Finland FI
6.1.2.1 Add the following text between the first and N/A
second paragraph of the compliance clause:

consist of either
- two layers of thin sheet material, each of

which shall pass the electric strength test
below, or
- one layer having a distance through
insulation of at least 0,4 mm, which shall
pass the electric strength test below.
Alternatively for components, there is no
distance through insulation requirement for
the
insulation consisting of an insulating
compound completely filling the casing, so
that
CLEARANCES and CREEPAGE
DISTANCES do not exist, if the component
passes the electric
strength test in accordance with the
compliance clause below and in addition
2.10.11 with an electric strength test of 1,5 kV
multiplied by 1,6 (the electric strength test of
2.10.10 shall be performed using 1,5 kV),
and
- is subject to ROUTINE TESTING for electric
strength during manufacturing, using a test
voltage of 1,5 kV.
It is permitted to bridge this insulation with an
optocoupler complying with 2.10.5.4 b).
capacitor complying with EN 60384-14:2005,
subclass Y2.
A capacitor classified Y3 according to EN
60384-14:2005, may bridge this insulation
under the
following conditions:
- the insulation requirements are satisfied by
having a capacitor classified Y3 as defined by
EN 60384-14:2005, which in addition to the
Y3 testing, is tested with an impulse test of
2,5 kV defined in EN 60950-1:2006, 6.2.2.1;
- the additional testing shall be performed on
all the test specimens as described in
EN 60384-14:2005
- the impulse test of 2,5 kV is to be performed
before the endurance test in EN 60384-
14:2005, in the sequence of tests as
described in EN 60384-14:2005.

FI Finland FI
6.1.2.2 The exclusions are applicable for N/A
PERMANENTLY CONNECTED
EQUIPMENT, PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT
TYPE B and equipment intended to be used
in a RESTRICTED ACCESS LOCATION
where equipotential bonding has been
applied, e.g. in a telecommunication centre,
and which has provision for a permanently
connected PROTECTIVE EARTHING
CONDUCTOR and is provided with
instructions for the installation of that
conductor by a SERVICE PERSON.
7.2 For requirements see 6.1.2.1 and 6.1.2.2 of N/A
this annex. The term
TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK in 6.1.2
being replaced by the term CABLE
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.

GB United Kingdom GB
2.6.3.3 In the United Kingdom, the current rating of N/A
the circuit shall be taken as 13 A, not 16 A.
2.7.1 In the United Kingdom, to protect against N/A
excessive currents and short-circuits in the
PRIMARY CIRCUIT of DIRECT PLUG-IN
EQUIPMENT, tests according to 5.3 shall be
conducted, using an external protective
device rated 30 A or 32 A. If these tests fail,
suitable protective devices shall be included
as integral parts of the DIRECT PLUG-IN
EQUIPMENT, so that the requirements of 5.3
are met.
3.2.1.1 In the United Kingdom, apparatus which is N/A
fitted with a flexible cable or cord and is
designed to be connected to a mains socket
conforming to BS 1363 by means of that
flexible cable or cord and plug, shall be fitted
with a ‘standard plug’ in accordance with
Statutory Instrument 1768:1994 - The Plugs
and Sockets etc. (Safety) Regulations 1994,
unless exempted by those regulations.
NOTE ‘Standard plug’ is defined in SI
1768:1994 and essentially means an
approved plug conforming to BS 1363 or an
approved conversion plug.
3.2.5.1 In the United Kingdom, a power supply cord N/A
2
with conductor of 1,25 mm is allowed for
equipment with a rated current over 10 A and
up to and including 13 A.
3.3.4 In the United Kingdom, the range of N/A
conductor sizes of flexible cords to be
accepted by terminals for equipment with a
RATED CURRENT of over 10 A up to and
including 13 A is:
2 2
• 1,25 mm to 1,5 mm nominal cross-
sectional area.
4.3.6 In the United Kingdom, the torque test is N/A
performed using a socket outlet complying
with BS 1363 part 1:1995, including
Amendment 1: 1997 and Amendment 2:2003
and the plug part of DIRECT PLUG-IN
EQUIPMENT shall be assessed to BS 1363:
Part 1, 12.1, 12.2, 12.3, 12.9, 12.11, 12.12,
12.13, 12.16 and 12.17, except that the test of
12.17 is performed at not less than 125 °C.
Where the metal earth pin is replaced by an
Insulated Shutter Opening Device (ISOD), the
requirements of clauses 22.2 and 23 also
apply.

IE Ireland IE
3.2.1.1 In Ireland, apparatus which is fitted with a N/A
flexible cable or cord and is designed to be
connected to a mains socket conforming to
I.S. 411 by means of that flexible cable or
cord and plug, shall be fitted with a 13 A plug
in accordance with Statutory Instrument
525:1997 National Standards Authority of
Ireland (section 28) (13 A Plugs and
Conversion Adaptors for Domestic Use)
Regulations 1997.
4.3.6 In Ireland, DIRECT PLUG-IN EQUIPMENT is N/A
known as plug similar devices. Such devices
shall comply with Statutory Instrument
526:1997 - National Standards Authority of
Ireland (Section 28) (Electrical plugs, plug
similar devices and sockets for domestic use)
Regulations, 1997.

IL Israel IL
1.6.1 Note: In Israel, this clause is applicable P
subject to the Electricity Law, 1954, its
regulations and revisions.
1.7.201 The marking in the Hebrew language shall be N/A
in accordance with the Consumer Protection
Order (Marking of goods), 1983.
In addition to the marking required by clause
1.7.1, the following shall be marked in Hebrew
language.
The details shall be marked on the apparatus
or on its package, or on a label properly
attached to the apparatus or on the package,
by bonding or sewing, in a manner that the
label cannot be easily removed.
1. Name of the apparatus and its commercial
designation;
2. Manufacturer's name and address. If the
apparatus is imported, the importer's name and
address;
3. Manufacturer's registered trademark, if any;
4. Name of the model and serial number, if any;
5. Country of manufacture.
1.7.2.1 All the instructions and warnings related to N/A
safety shall also be written in the Hebrew
language.
2.9.4 Add following at the beginning of the clause: P
In Israel, according to the Electricity Law,
1954, and the Electricity Regulations
(Earthing and means of protection against
electricity of voltages up to 1000V) 1991,
seven means of protection against
electrocution are permitted, as follows:
1) TN-S – Network system earthing; TN-C-S –
Network system earthing;
2) TT – Network system earthing;
3) IT – Network Insulation Terre;
4) Isolated transformer;
5) Safety extra low voltage (SELV or ELV);
6) Residual current circuit breaker (30mA =
IΔ);
7) Reinforced insulation; Double insulation
(class II).
2.201 Prevention of electromagnetic interference P
- Prior to carrying out the tests in accordance
with the clauses of this standard, the
compliance of the apparatus with the relevant
requirements specified in the appropriate part
of the standard series, SI 961, shall be
checked.
The apparatus shall meet the requirements in
the appropriate part of the standard series, SI
961.
- If there are components in the apparatus for
the prevention of electromagnetic
interference, these components shall not
reduce the safety level of the apparatus as
required by this standard.

IL Israel IL
3.2.1.1 Note: In Israel, the feed plug shall comply with N/A
the requirements of Israel Standard SI 32
Part1.1.
3.2.1.2 Note: At the time of issue of this standard, P
there is no Israel Standard for connection
accessories to d.c.
Annex P Normative references P
P
The referenced The substituted Israel Comments

International Standard
Standard
(A)
IEC 60065: SI 250 -Safety The Israel Standard, excluding
2001 requirements for mains national deviations in it, is
operated electronic and identical to the Standard of the
related apparatus for International Electrotechnical
household and similar Commission, IEC 65:1985,
general use including its amendments
IEC 60227 SI 473, all parts Cables, --
(all parts) cords and insulated
conductors for nominal
voltage up to 1000 volt
IEC 60309 SI 1109, all parts -Plugs,SI 1109, part 1 and part 2,
(all parts) socket- outlets and excluding national deviations in
couplers for industrial them, are identical to the
purposes Standards of the International
Electrotechnical Commission
IEC 60309-1-1999 and IEC
60309-2-1999, respectively.
IEC 60317 SI 1067 Part 1 -Self- The Israel Standard is identical
(B)
(all parts) fluxing enamelled round to the Standard of the
copper wires with high International Electrotechnical
mechanical properties Commission IEC 3l71 (1980)
SI 1067 Part 2 - Self- The Israel Standard is identical
(B)
fluxing enamelled to the Standard of the
round copper wires International Electrotechnical
Commission IEC 317-4 (1980)
SI 1067 Part 3 - Self- The Israel Standard is identical
(B)
fluxing enameled round to the Standard of the
copper wires with a International Electrotechnical
temperature index of 180º Commission IEC 317-8 (1980)

IL Israel IL
The referenced The substituted Israel Comments

International Standard
Standard
IEC 60320 SI 60320 Part 1 - The Israel Standard, excluding
Appliance couplers for national deviations in it, is identical
(all parts) household and similar to the Standard of the International
general purposes: Electrotechnical Commission, IEC
General requirements 60320-1 (2001)
SI 60320 Part 2.1 - The Israel Standard, excluding
household and similar to the Standard of the International
general purposes: Sewing Electrotechnical Commission, IEC
machine couplers 60320-2.1 (2000)
Interconnection couplers 60320-2.2 (1998)
for household and similar
equipment
Interconnection couplers 60320-2.3 (1998)
for household. and similar .
equipment Appliance
coupler for household and
similar general purposes:
Appliance coupler with a
degree of protection
higher than IPXO
IEC 60730-1: SI 60730 Part 1 Automatic The Israel Standard, excluding
1999 electrical controls for national deviations in it, is identical
use: Electrotechnical Commission, IEC
General requirements 60730-1 (1999)
IEC 60825-1 SI 60825 Part 1 - Safety The Israel Standard, excluding
of laser products: national deviations in it, is identical
Equipment classification, to the Standard of the International
requirements and users Electrotechnical Commission, IEC
guide 60825-1 (2001).

IL Israel IL
The referenced
The substituted Israel
International Comments
Standard
Standard
IEC 60947-1: 2004 SI 60947 Part 1 -Low- The Israel Standard, excluding
voltage switchgear and national deviations in it, is
controlgear: General rules identical to Standard of the
International ElectrotechnicaL
Commission, IEC 60947-1 (1999)
IEC 61058-1: 2000 SI 61058 Part 1 - The Israel Standard, excluding
Switches for appliances: national deviations in it, is
General requirements identical to the Standard of the
International Electrotechnical
Commission, IEC 61058-1 (2001)
ISO 3864 (all parts) SI 3864 Part 1 - Graphical The Israel Standard, excluding
symbols - Safety colours national deviations in it, is
and safety signs; Design identical to the Standard of the
principles for safety signs tnternational Electrotechnical
in workplaces and public Commission IEC 3 864-1 (2002)
areas
Notes
(A) This Standard will be replaced by SI 60065 - Audio, video and similar electronic
apparatus - safety requirements - that excluding the national deviations indicated is
identical to the Standard of the International Electrotechnical Commission IEC 60065
(2005)
(B) Not relevant to the translation.
Israel Standards N/A
SI 32 Part 1.1 - Plugs and socket-outlets for household and similar purposes: Plugs
and socket-outlets for single phase up to 16A - General requirements
SI 961, all parts - Electromagnetic compatibility
Israel documents
Electricity Law, 1954, its regulations and revisions
Kovetz Takanot 4465 dated 1983-02-24, Consumer Protection Order (Marking of
goods), 1983

JP Japan (H21) JP
APPENDI J3000 (H21) --
X Special National conditions, National deviation and other information according to
MITI Ordinance No. 85.
1 General requirement N/A
When equipment provides with appliance inlet
complying with JIS-C 8283-1(2008), soldered
parts of appliance inlet is not applied by force
during insert or removal of connector.
This is not applied when inlet body is fixed itself
and not fixed by solder.
2 Requirement for equipment P
2.1 Electric heater N/A
When diode is used in parallel for adjustment of
power, the equipment shall remain safe for
operation under open condition of one diode.
The current rating of one diode shall be more N/A
than main current. The diodes connected in
parallel are same type.
The heating test specified by clause 11 of JIS N/A
C9335-2-30(2006) under open condition of one
diode shall comply with the requirements.
2.2 Electronic heater with glowing heating elements N/A
Surface treatment by paint or adhesive on N/A
protective frame or protective mesh shall not be
used.
Caution marking like below shall be on N/A
-easily visible place of the equipment or
-Instruction manual
3 Components used in equipment P

3.1 Motor capacitors used in air conditioner, N/A
electronic washing machine, refrigerator or
electronic freezer shall be comply with
-capacitors with protective elements or protective
mechanism complying with JIS C4908(2007)
-P2 capacitor complying with IEC 60252-1(2001)
Capacitor complying with below is acceptable
Enclosed by metal or ceramic N/A
No non-metallic materials within 50 mm from N/A
capacitor surface
Non-metallic material with 50 mm from capacitor N/A
surface comply with needle frame test of JIS
9335-1(2003), Annex E
Non-metallic material with 50 mm from capacitor N/A
surface comply with V-1 test of JIS C 60965-11-
10(2006)

JP Japan (H21) JP
APPENDI J3000 (H21) --
X Special National conditions, National deviation and other information according to
MITI Ordinance No. 85.
3.2 Plug directly inserted to outlet used refrigerator N/A
or electric freezer.
Shall comply with
- Face contact with outlet shall have CTI with
more than 400 according to JIS C
2134(2007) or
- Supporting material of blades shall comply
o
with glow wire test by temperature of 750 C
according to JIS C 60695-2-11(2004) or JIS
C 60695-2-12(2004).
Materials having glow wire frame
o
temperature of 775 C are acceptable.
JP Japan (H22) JP
1.2.4.1 Add the following new NOTE. N/A
NOTE Even if the equipment is designed as
Class I, the equipment is regarded as Class 0I
equipment when a 2-pin adaptor with an
earthing lead wire or a cord set having a 2-pin
plug with an earthing lead wire is provided or
recommended.
1.2.4.3A Add the following new clause. N/A
1.2.4.3A CLASS 0I EQUIPMENT
Equipment having attachment plug without
earthing blade, where protection against
electric shock is achieved by:
- using BASIC INSULATION, and
- providing externally an earth terminal or a
lead wire for earthing in order to connect
those conductive parts that might assume
a HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES in the event
of BASIC INSULATION fault to the
PROTECTIVE EARTHING CONDUCTOR
in the building wiring.
NOTE Class 0I equipment may have a part

constructed with Double Insulation or
Reinforced Insulation circuit.

JP Japan (H22) JP
1.3.2 Add the following notes after the first P
paragraph:
NOTE 1 Transportable or similar equipment

that is relocated frequently for intended usage
should not be designed as Class I or Class 0I
equipment unless it is intended to be installed
by service personnel.
NOTE 2 Considering wiring circumstance in

Japan, equipment intended to be installed
where the provision for earthling connection is
unlikely should not be designed as Class I or
Class 0I equipment unless it is intended to be
installed by service personnel.
1.5.1 Replace the first paragraph with the following: P
Where safety is involved, components shall
comply either with the requirements of this
standard or with the safety aspects of the
relevant JIS component standard or IEC
component standards in case there is no
applicable JIS component standard is
available. However, in case a component that
falls within the scope of the METI Ministerial
ordinance (No. 85:1962) is properly used in
accordance with its marked ratings, the
requirements of 1.5.4, 2.8.7 and 3.2.5 apply,
and in addition, a cord connector of power
supply cord set matching with an appliance
inlet specified in the standard sheets of IEC
60320-1, shall comply with relevant standard
sheet of IEC 60320-1.
Replace NOTE 1 with the following:
NOTE 1 A JIS or an IEC component standard

is considered relevant only if the component in
question clearly falls within its scope.

JP Japan (H22) JP
1.5.2 Replace the first sentence in the first dashed P
paragraph with the following:
- a component that has been demonstrated
to comply with a JIS component standard
harmonized with the relevant IEC
component standard, or where such JIS
component standard is not available, a
component that has been demonstrated to
comply with the relevant IEC component
standard shall be checked for correct
application and use in accordance with its
rating.
Add a NOTE after the first dashed paragraph

as follows:
NOTE 1 See 1.7.5A when Type C.14

appliance coupler rated 10 A per IEC 60320-1
is used with an equipment rated not more than
125 V and rated more than 10 A.
Replace the first sentence in the third dashed

paragraph as follows:
- where no relevant IEC component

standard or JIS component standard
harmonized with the relevant IEC
component standard exists, or where
components are used in circuits not in
accordance with their specified rating, the
components shall be tested under the
conditions occurring in the equipment.
1.5.6 In this sub-clause, add “JIS C 5101-14:1998 N/A

or” before the reference number, IEC 60384-
14:1993.
1.5.7.2 In this sub-clause, add “JIS C 5101-14:1998 N/A
or” before the reference number, IEC 60384-
14:1993.
1.5.8 In the first paragraph, add “JIS C 5101- N/A
14:1998 or” before the reference number, IEC
60384-14:1993.
1.7.1 Replace the fifth dashed paragraph with the P
following:
- manufacturer’s or responsible company’s

name or trade-mark or identification mark;
1.7.5 In the second paragraph, add “or JIS C N/A
8303:2007” after the reference number,
IEC/TR 60083:1997”.

JP Japan (H22) JP
1.7.5A Add the following new clause after 1.7.5 N/A
1.7.5A Appliance Couplers
If an appliance coupler according to IEC
60320-1, C.14(rated current: 10 A) is used in
equipment whose rated voltage is less than
125 V and the rated current is over 10 A, the
following instruction or equivalent shall be
described in the user instruction.
“ Use only designated cord set attached in this
equipment”
1.7.12 Replace first sentence with the following: P
Instructions and equipment marking related to
safety shall be in Japanese.
1.7.17A Add the following new clause after 1.7.17 N/A
1.7.17A Marking for CLASS 0I EQUIPMENT
For CLASS 0I EQUIPMENT, the following
instruction shall be marked on the visible place
of the mains plug or the main body:
“Provide an earthing connection”
Moreover, for CLASS 0I EQUIPMENT, the

following or equivalent instruction shall be
indicated on the visible place of the main body
or written in the operating instructions:
“Provide an earthing connection before the

mains plug is connected to the mains. And,
when disconnecting the earthing connection,
be sure to disconnect after pulling out the
mains plug from the mains.”
2.1.1.1 In item b) of this sub-clause, replace “IEC N/A

60083” with “JIS C 8303:2007 or Article 1 of
the Ministerial Ordinance (No. 85:1962)”
2.6.3.2 Add the following after the first paragraph. N/A

This also applies to the conductor of lead wire
for protective earthing of CLASS 0I
EQUIPMENT.

JP Japan (H22) JP
2.6.4.2 Replace the first paragraph with the following. N/A
Equipment required to have protective earthing
shall have a main protective earthing terminal.
For equipment with a DETACHABLE POWER
SUPPLY CORD, the earthing terminal in the
appliance inlet is regarded as the main
protective earthing terminal except for CLASS
0I EQUIPMENT providing separate main
protective earthing terminal other than
appliance inlet.
2.6.5.4 Replace the first sentence with the following. P
Protective earthing connections of CLASS I
EQUIPMENT shall make earlier and break
later than the supply connections in each of
the following:
2.6.5.8A Add the following new clause after 2.6.5.8 N/A
2.6.5.8A Earthing of CLASS 0I EQUIPMENT
Plugs with a lead wire for earthing shall not be
used for equipment having a rated voltage
exceeding 150 V.
For plugs with a lead wire for earthing, the lead
wire shall not be earthed by a clip.
CLASS 0I EQUIPMENT shall be provided with
an earthing terminal or a lead wire for earthing
in the external location where easily visible.
2.10.3.1 In this sub-clause, replace IEC 60664-1 with N/A
JIS C 0664:2003.
2.10.3.2 In the second paragraph, replace IEC 60664- N/A
1 with JIS C 0664:2003.
3.2.3 Add the following after Table 3A: P
Table 3A applies when cables complying with
JIS C 3662 or JIS C 3663 are used. In case
of other cables, the cable entries shall be so
designed that a conduit suitable for the cable
used can be fitted.

JP Japan (H22) JP
3.2.5.1 Add the following to the last of first dashed No such AC power supply cord. N/A
paragraph.
Or mains cords shall be of the sheathed type

complying with Appendix 1 of Article 1 of the
Ministerial Ordinance (No. 85:1962) on
stipulating technical requirements for the
Electrical Appliance.
Add the following to the last of second

dashed paragraph.
Or mains cords shall be of the sheathed type

complying with Appendix 1 of Article 1 of the
Ministerial Ordinance (No. 85:1962) on
stipulating technical requirements for the
Electrical Appliance.
Delete 1) in Table 3B.

3.3.4 Add the following note to Table 3D: P
NOTE For cables other than those
complying with JIS C 3662 or JIS C 3663,
terminals shall be suitable for the size of the
intended cables.
3.3.7 Add the following after the first sentence: N/A
This requirement is not applicable to the
external earting terminal of Class 0I
equipment.
4.3.4 Add the following after the first sentence: N/A
This requirement also applies to those
connections in Class 0I equipment, where
CLEARANCE or CREEPAGE DISTANCES
over BASIC INSULATION would be reduced
to less than the values specified in 2.10.
4.3.13.5 Replace the first paragraph with the following: P
Except as permitted below, equipment shall
be classified and labelled according to JIS C
6802:2005, and JIS C 6803:2006 or IEC
60825-2:2000, as applicable.
Replace IEC 60825-1 in the second and the

last paragraph with JIS C 6802:2005.
4.5 Add the following NOTE to Table 4B, 3): P

NOTE: In case no data for the material is
available, Appendix 4, 4. (1). b. 3 of the
Interpretation on the Ministerial Ordinance
stipulating Technical Specifications for
Electrical Appliances (Commerce and
Distribution Policy Group No. 3:2008/06/19)
may apply.

JP Japan (H22) JP
5.1.3 Add a note after the first paragraph as N/A
follows:
NOTE Attention should be drawn to that

majority of three-phase power system in
Japan is of delta connection, and therefore, in
that case, the test is conducted using the test
circuit from IEC 60990, figure 13.
5.1.6 Replace Table 5A as follows: P
Maximum
TOUCH Maximum
Terminal A of
CURREN PROTECTIVE
Type of equipment measuring instrument
T CONDUCTOR
connected to:
mA r.m.s. CURRENT
1)
All equipment Accessible parts and 0,25 -

circuits not
connected
to protective earth
HAND-HELD Equipment main 0,75 -
MOVABLE (other protective earthing 3,5 -
than HAND-HELD, terminal (if any)
but including CLASS I
TRANSPORTABLE EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT
STATIONARY, 3,5 -
PLUGGABLE TYPE
A
All other
STATIONARY
EQUIPMENT 3,5 -
- not subject to the
conditions of 5.1.7 - 5 % of input
- subject to the current
conditions
of 5.1.7
HAND-HELD Equipment main 0,5 -
Others protective earthing 1,0 -
terminal (if any)
CLASS 0I
EQUIPMENT
1)
If peak values of TOUCH-CURRENT are measured, the maximum
values obtained by multiplying the r.m.s. values by 1,414.
6 Replace IEC 60664-1 in NOTE 4 with JIS C N/A
0664.
7 Replace IEC 60664-1 in NOTE 3 with JIS C N/A
0664:2003.

JP Japan (H22) JP
7.2 Add the following after the paragraph: N/A
However, the separation requirements and
tests of 6.2.1 a), b) and c) do not apply to a
CABLE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM if all of the
following apply:
- the circuit under consideration is a TNV-1
CIRCUIT; and
– the common or earthed side of the circuit is
connected to the screen of the coaxial
cable
and to all accessible parts and circuits
(SELV, accessible metal parts and
LIMITED CURRENT CIRCUITS, if any);
and
– the screen of the coaxial cable is intended
to be connected to earth in the building
installation.
W.1 Replace the second and the third sentence in P

the first paragraph with the following:
This distinction between earthed and

unearthed (floating) circuit is not the same as
between CLASS I EQUIMENT, CLASS 0I
EQUIPMENT and CLASS II EQUIPMENT.
Floating circuits can exist in CLASS I
EQUIPMENT or CLASS 0I EQUIPMENT and
earthed circuits in CLASS II EQUIPMENT.

JP Japan (H22) JP
Annex JA Add a new annex JA with the following N/A
contents.
Annex JA
(normative)
Document shredding machines
Document shredding machines shall also

comply with the requirements of this annex
except those of STATIONARY EQUIPMENT
used by connecting directly to an AC MAINS
SUPPLY of three-phase 200V or more.
JA.1 Markings and instructions

The symbol
(JIS S 0101:2000, 6.2.4) and the

following precautions for use shall be marked
on readily visible part adjacent to document
feed opening. The marking shall be clearly
legible, permanent, and easily discernible;
- that use by an infants/children may cause
a hazard of injury etc.;
- that a hand can be drawn into the
mechanical section for shredding when
touching the document-slot;
- that clothing can be drawn into the
- that hairs can be drawn into the
- in case of equipment incorporating a
commutator motor, that equipment may
catch fire or explode by
spraying of flammable gas.
JA.2 Inadvertent reactivation

Any safety interlock that can be operated by
means of the test finger, Figure JA.1, is
considered to be likely to cause inadvertent
reactivation of the hazard.
Compliance is checked by inspection and,

where necessary, by a test with the test
finger, Figure JA.1

JP Japan (H22) JP
Annex JA JA.3 Disconnection from the mains supply N/A
Document shredding machines shall
incorporate an isolating switch complying with
sub-clause 3.4.2 as the device disconnecting
the power of hazardous moving parts. For
this switch, two-position (single-use) switch or
multi-position (multifunction) switch (e.g.,
slide switch) may be used.
If two-position switch, the positions for “ON”
and “OFF” shall be indicated in accordance
with sub-clause 1.7.8. If multi-position switch,
the position for “OFF” shall be indicated in
accordance with sub-clause 1.7.8 and other
positions shall be indicated with proper terms
or symbols.
Compliance is checked by inspection
JA.4 Protection against hazardous moving

parts
Any warning shall not be used instead of the
structure for preventing access to hazardous
moving parts.
Document shredding machines shall comply
with the following requirements.
Insert the test finger, Figure JA.1, into all
openings in MECHANICAL ENCLOSURES
without applying appreciable force. It shall not
be possible to touch hazardous moving parts
with the test finger. This consideration applies
to all sides of MECHANICAL ENCLOSURES
when the equipment is mounted as intended.
Before testing with the test finger, remove the
parts detachable without a tool.
Insert the wedge-probe, Figure JA.2, into the

document-slot. And, against all directions of
openings, if straight-cutting type, a force of 45
N shall apply to the probe, and 90 N if cross-
cutting type. In this case, the weight of the
probe is to be factored into the overall applied
force. Before testing with the wedge-probe,
remove the parts detachable without a tool. It
shall not be possible to touch any hazardous
moving parts, including the shredding roller or
the mechanical section for shedding, with the
probe.

JP Japan (H22) JP
Annex JA P
Figure JA.1 Test finger

JP Japan (H22) JP
Annex JA N/A
Details of the tip of wedge
Distance from the tip (mm) Thickness of probe (mm)

0 2
12 4
180 24
NOTE 1 The thickness of the probe varies linearly, with slope changes at the
respective points shown in the table.
NOTE2 The allowable dimensional tolerance of the probe is +/- 0.127 mm.
Figure JA.2 Wedge-probe

KR Republic of Korea KR
1.5.101 Addition N/A
Plugs for the connection of the apparatus to
the supply mains shall comply with the
Korean requirement (KSC 8305).
8 Addition P
EMC The apparatus shall comply with the relevant
CISPR standards

SE Sweden SE
1.2.13.14 In Norway and Sweden, for requirements see N/A
1.7.2.1 and 7.3 of this annex.
1.5.1 Sweden (Ordinance 1990:944) P
Add the following:
NOTE In Sweden, switches containing
mercury are not permitted.
1.5.7.1 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, resistors N/A
bridging BASIC INSULATION in CLASS I
PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT TYPE A must
comply with the requirements in 1.5.7.1. In
addition when a single resistor is used, the
resistor must withstand the resistor test in
1.5.7.2.
1.5.9.4 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, the third N/A
dashed sentence is applicable only to
equipment as defined in 6.1.2.2 of this annex.
1.7.2.1 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, CLASS I N/A
PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT TYPE A intended
for connection to other equipment or a network
shall, if safety relies on connection to
protective earth or if surge suppressors are
connected between the network terminals and
accessible parts, have a marking stating that
the equipment must be connected to an
earthed mains socket-outlet.
The marking text in the applicable countries N/A
shall be as follows:
In Finland:
"Laite on liitettävä suojamaadoituskoskettimilla
In Norway:
“Apparatet må tilkoples jordet stikkontakt”
In Sweden:
“Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag”

SE Sweden SE
1.7.2 In Norway and Sweden, the screen of the N/A
cable distribution system is normally not
earthed at the entrance of the building and
there is normally no equipotential bonding
system within the building. Therefore the
protective earthing of the building installation
need to be isolated from the screen of a cable
distribution system.
It is however accepted to provide the
insulation external to the equipment by an
adapter or an interconnection cable with
galvanic isolator, which may be provided by
e.g. a retailer.
The user manual shall then have the following
or similar information in Norwegian and
Swedish language respectively, depending on
in what country the equipment is intended to
be used in:
“Equipment connected to the protective
earthing of the building installation through
the mains connection or through other
equipment with a connection to protective
earthing – and to a cable distribution
system using coaxial cable, may in some
circumstances create a fire hazard.
Connection to a cable distribution system
has therefore to be provided through a
device providing electrical isolation below a
certain frequency range (galvanic isolator,
see EN 60728-11).”
NOTE In Norway, due to regulation for
installations of cable distribution systems, and
in Sweden, a galvanic isolator shall provide
electrical insulation below 5 MHz. The
insulation shall withstand a dielectric strength
of 1,5 kV r.m.s., 50 Hz or 60 Hz, for 1 min.
Translation to Norwegian (the Swedish text will
also be accepted in Norway):
“Utstyr som er koplet til beskyttelsesjord via
nettplugg og/eller via annet jordtilkoplet
utstyr – og er tilkoplet et kabel-TV nett, kan
forårsake brannfare. For å unngå dette skal
det ved tilkopling av utstyret til kabel-TV
nettet installeres en galvanisk isolator
mellom utstyret og kabel- TV nettet.”
Translation to Swedish:
”Utrustning som är kopplad till skyddsjord
via jordat vägguttag och/eller via annan
utrustning och samtidigt är kopplad till
kabel-TV nät kan i vissa fall medfőra risk főr
brand. Főr att undvika detta skall vid
anslutning av utrustningen till kabel-TV nät
galvanisk isolator finnas mellan
utrustningen och kabel-TV nätet.”
2.3.2 In Finland, Norway and Sweden there are P
additional requirements for the insulation. See

SE Sweden SE
2.10.5.13 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, there are P
additional requirements for the insulation, see
5.1.7.1 In Finland, Norway and Sweden TOUCH P
CURRENT measurement results exceeding
3,5 mA r.m.s. are permitted only for the
following equipment:
STATIONARY PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT
TYPE A that is intended to be used in a
equipotential bonding has been applied, for
example, in a telecommunication centre; and
has provision for a permanently connected
PROTECTIVE EARTHING CONDUCTOR;
and
is provided with instructions for the installation
of that conductor by a SERVICE PERSON;
STATIONARY PLUGGABLE EQUIPMENT
TYPE B;
STATIONARY PERMANENTLY CONNECTED
EQUIPMENT.
6.1.2.1 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, add the N/A
following text between the first and second
paragraph of the compliance clause:
consist of either
- two layers of thin sheet material, each of
which shall pass the electric strength test
below, or
- one layer having a distance through
insulation of at least 0,4 mm, which shall
pass the electric strength test below.
If this insulation forms part of a semiconductor
component (e.g. an optocoupler), there is no
distance through insulation requirement for the
insulation consisting of an insulating
compound completely filling the casing, so that
CLEARANCES and CREEPAGE DISTANCES
do not exist, if the component passes the
electric strength test in accordance with the
compliance clause below and in addition
2.10.11 with an electric strength test of 1,5
kV multiplied by 1,6 (the electric strength
test of 2.10.10 shall be performed using
1,5 kV), and
- is subject to ROUTINE TESTING for
electric strength during manufacturing,
using a test voltage of 1,5 kV.
capacitor complying with EN 132400:1994,
subclass Y2.

SE Sweden SE
A capacitor classified Y3 according to EN N/A
132400:1994, may bridge this insulation under
the following conditions:
- the insulation requirements are satisfied
by having a capacitor classified Y3 as
defined by EN 132400, which in addition to
the Y3 testing, is tested with an impulse
test of 2,5 kV defined in EN 60950-1:2006,
6.2.2.1;
- the additional testing shall be performed
on all the test specimens as described in
EN 132400;
- the impulse test of 2,5 kV is to be
performed before the endurance test in EN
132400, in the sequence of tests as
described in EN 132400.
6.1.2.2 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, the P
exclusions are applicable for PERMANENTLY
CONNECTED EQUIPMENT, PLUGGABLE
EQUIPMENT TYPE B and equipment
intended to be used in a RESTRICTED
ACCESS LOCATION where equipotential
bonding has been applied, e.g. in a
telecommunication centre, and which has
provision for a permanently connected
PROTECTIVE EARTHING CONDUCTOR and
is provided with instructions for the installation
of that conductor by a SERVICE PERSON.
7.2 In Finland, Norway and Sweden, for N/A
requirements see 6.1.2.1 and 6.1.2.2 of this
annex. The term TELECOMMUNICATION
NETWORK in 6.1.2 being replaced by the
term CABLE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.
7.3 In Norway and Sweden, there are many N/A
buildings where the screen of the coaxial cable
is normally not connected to the earth in the
building installation.

UA Ukraine UA
1.4.5 In Ukraine the NOMINAL VOLTAGE is 220 V N/A
for monophase or 380 V for three-phase
supply.
1.5.8 In Ukraine the components connected N/A
between phase and earthing or between
phase and neutral terminal shall be calculated
for the voltage between phases.
1.7.2 In Ukraine for the APPARATUS of I CLASS N/A
the necessity of its obligatory earthing shall be
indicated in the manuals.
2.3.3 In Ukraine the method b) is not used. N/A
6.2.2 In Ukraine the both tests in 6.2.2.1 and 6.2.2.2 N/A
are applied.
6.2.2.1 In Ukraine in 6.2.1 a) is used Uc = 3,5 kV. N/A
6.2.2.2 In Ukraine in 6.2.1 a) is used 3,0 kV for N/A
telephones and headsets and 2,5 kV - for
other equipment and in 6.2.1 b) and c) is used
1,5 kV.
Annex N In Ukraine in 6.2.1 a) is used 3,0 kV for N/A
telephones and headsets and 2,5 kV - for
other equipment, and in 6.2.1 b) and c) is used
1,5 kV.

US United States of America US

SPECIAL NATIONAL CONDITIONS BASED ON FEDERAL REGULATIONS 
1.1.1 All equipment is to be designed to allow N/A
installation in accordance with the National
Electrical Code (NEC), ANSI/NFPA 70, and
when applicable, the National Electrical Safety
Code, IEEE C2. Also, unless markedor
otherwise identified, installation is allowed per
the Standard for the Protection of Electronic
Computer/Data-Processing Equipment,
ANSI/NFPA 75.
1.4.14 For Pluggable Equipment Type A, the N/A
protection in the installation is assumed to be
20A.
1.5.5 For lengths exceeding 3.05 m, external N/A
assemblies are required to be a suitable cable
type specified in the NEC.
For lengths 3.05 m or less, external
assemblies that are not types specified in the
NEC are required to have special construction
features and identification markings.
1.7.1 Equipment for use on a.c. mains supply N/A
systems with a neutral and more than one
phase conductor (e.g. 120/240 V, 3-wire)
require a special marking format for electrical
ratings.
2.5 Where a fuse is used to provide Class 2, N/A
Limited Power Source, or TNV current limiting,
it shall not be operator-accessible unless it is
not interchangeable.
2.6.3 The first column on Table 2D modified to N/A
require, “Smaller of the RATED CURRENT of
the equipment or the PROTECTIVE
CURRENT RATING of the circuit under
consideration.”
2.7.1 Suitable NEC branch circuit protection rated at N/A
the maximum circuit rating is required for all
standard supply outlets and receptacles (such
as supplied in power distribution units) if the
supply branch circuit protection is not suitable.
Power distribution transformers distributing
power at 100 volts or more, and rated 10 kVA
or more, require special transformer
overcurrent protection.
3.2 Wiring methods (terminals, leads, etc.) used N/A
for the connection of the equipment to the
mains shall be in accordance with the NEC.
3.2.1 Power supply cords are required to have N/A
attachment plugs rated not less than 125
percent of the rated current of the equipment.


3.2.1.2 Equipment connected to a centralized d.c. N/A
power system, and having one pole of the DC
mains input terminal connected to the main
protective earthing terminal in the equipment,
is required to comply with special earthing,
wiring, marking and installation instruction
requirements.
3.2.3 Permanent connection of equipment to the N/A
mains supply by a power supply cord is not
permitted, except for certain equipment, such
as ATMs.
3.2.5 Power supply cords are required to be no N/A
longer than 4.5 m in length and minimum
length shall be 1.5 m.
Flexible power supply cords are required to be
compatible with Article 400 of the NEC.
3.2.9 Permanently connected equipment must have N/A
a suitable wiring compartment and wire
bending space.
3.3.3 Wire binding screws are not permitted to N/A
attach conductors larger than 10 AWG (5.3
mm).
3.3.4 Terminals for permanent wiring, including N/A
protective earthing terminals, must be suitable
for U.S wire gauge sizes, rated 125 percent of
the equipment rating, and be specially marked
when specified (1.7.7).
3.4.2 Motor control devices are required for cord- N/A
connected equipment with a motor if the
equipment is rated more than 12 A, or if the
motor has a nominal voltage rating greater
than 120 V, or is rated more than 1/3 hp
(locked rotor current over 43 A).
3.4.8 Vertically-mounted disconnect switches and N/A
circuit breakers are required to have the "on"
position indicated by the handle in the up
position.
3.4.11 For computer room applications, equipment N/A
with battery systems capable of supplying 750
VA for five minutes are required to have a
battery disconnect means that may be
connected to the computer room remote
power-off circuit.
4.3.12 The maximum quantity of flammable liquid N/A
stored in equipment is required to comply with
NFPA 30.
4.3.13.5 Equipment with lasers is required to meet the N/A
Code of Federal Regulations 21 CFR 1040.


4.7 For computer room applications, automated N/A
information storage systems with combustible
media greater than 0.76 m3 (27 cu ft) are
required to have a provision for connection of
either automatic sprinklers or a gaseous agent
extinguishing system with an extended
discharge.
4.7.3.1 For computer room applications, enclosures N/A
with combustible material measuring greater
than 0.9 m2 (10 sq ft) or a single dimension
greater than 1.8 m (6 ft) are required to have
a flame spread rating of 50 or less.
For other applications, enclosures with the
same dimensions require a flame spread
rating of 200 or less.
Annex H Equipment that produces ionizing radiation N/A
must comply with Federal Regulations, 21
CFR 1020
OTHER NATIONAL DIFFERENCES 
1.5.1 Some components and materials associated N/A
with the risk of fire, electric shock, or personal
injury are required to have component or
material ratings in accordance with the
applicable national (U.S. and Canadian)
component or material requirements. These
components include: attachment plugs,
battery packs (rechargeable type, used with
transportable equipment), cathode ray tubes,
circuit breakers, communication circuit
accessories, connectors (used for current
interruption of non-LPS circuits), cord sets
and power supply cords, direct plug-in
equipment, enclosures (outdoor), flexible
cords and cables, fuses (branch circuit),
fuseholders, ground-fault current interrupters,
industrial control equipment, insulating tape,
interconnecting cables, lampholders, limit
controls, printed wiring, protectors for
communications circuits, receptacles, solid
state controls, supplementary protectors,
switches (including interlock switches),
thermal cutoffs, thermostats, (multi-layer)
transformer winding wire, transient voltage
surge suppressors, tubing, wire connectors,
and wire and cables.
1.6.1.2 A circuit for connection to the DC Mains N/A
Supply is classified as either a SELV Circuit,
TNV-2 Circuit or Hazardous Voltage Circuit
depending on the maximum operating voltage
of the supply. This maximum operating
voltage it to include consideration of the
battery charging “Float voltage” associated
with the intended supply system, regardless
of the marked power rating of the equipment.


2.3.1 For TNV-2 and TNV-3 circuits with other than N/A
ringing signals and with voltages exceeding
42.4 Vpeak or 60 Vd.c., the max. acceptable
current through a 2000 ohm resistor (or
greater) connected across the voltage source
with other loads disconnected is 7.1 mA peak
or 30 mA d.c. under normal operating
conditions.
2.3.2.1 In the event of a single fault between TNV N/A
and SELV circuits, the limits of 2.2.3 apply to
SELV Circuits and accessible conductive
parts.
2.6.3.4 Protective bonding conductors of non- N/A
standard protective bonding constructions
(e.g., printed circuit traces) may be subjected
to the additional limited short circuit test
conditions specified.
4.2.8.1 Enclosures around CRTs with a face diameter N/A
of 160 mm or more are required to reduce the
risk of injury due to the implosion of the CRT.
4.3.2 Equipment with handles is required to comply N/A
with special loading tests.
5.1.8.3 Equipment intended to receive N/A
telecommunication ringing signals is required
to comply with a special touch current
measurement tests.
5.3.7 Internal (e.g., card cage) SELV circuit N/A
connectors and printed wiring board
connectors that are accessible to the operator
and that deliver power are to be overloaded.
During abnormal operating testing, if a circuit
is interrupted by the opening of a component,
the test shall be repeated twice (three tests
total) using new components as necessary.
6.4 Equipment intended for connection to N/A
telecommunication network outside plant
cable is required to be protected against
overvoltage from power line crosses in
accordance with 6.4 and Annex NAC. M.2
Continuous ringing signals up to 16 mA only
restrictions.
Annex UL articulated accessibility probe (Fig EE.3) N/A
EE required for assessing accessibility to
document/media shredders instead of the
Figure 2A test finger.
M.2 Continuous ringing signals up to 16 mA only N/A
restrictions.


Annex Equipment connected to a telecommunication N/A
NAD and cable distribution networks and supplied
with an earphone intended to be held against,
or in the ear is required to comply with special
acoustic pressure requirements.
Notes: Before placing the products in the different countries, the

manufacturer must ensure that:
1. Operating Instructions, Ratings Labels and Warnings Labels written in an
Accepted or Official Language of the county in question.
2. The equipment complies with the National Standards and/or Electrical Codes
of the country in question.

Attachment No. 3
System Diagram
Attachment contains
Cover page: 1 page
System diagram: 1 page
Total: 2 pages

System diagram
For ac and 240VDC input:
For dc input:

Attachment No. 4
Photographs
Attachment contains
(Total 47 Pages including this Cover Page)
Supplement file name Description

Photo-01 External Rear View – Front (for configuration 1)
For Tecal RH2288 V2,Tecal RH2285 V2 RH2288H V2
Photo-02 External Rear View – Back (for configuration 1)
Photo-05 Warning label -1
For Tecal RH2288 V2,Tecal RH2285 V2, RH2288H V2
Photo-06 Fan
Photo-07 Hard disk

Internal view of EUT (configuration 1, only for Teca RH2288 V2 without Li-ion
Photo-08
battery)
Internal view of EUT (configuration 2, only for Teca RH2288 V2 without Li-ion
Photo-09
battery)
Photo-10 Internal view of EUT (configuration 1 only for Teca RH2288 V2)
Photo-11 Top view of BC11SRSB board only for Teca RH2288 V2
Photo-12 Top view of PCIE board
Photo-13 Top view of BC11PERA board
Photo-14 Top view of BC11EHBAboard
Photo-15 Top view of BC11ESMCboard
Photo-16 Top view of BC11ESMD board
Photo-17 Top view of BC11IHBA board
Photo-18 Top view of CN21I4GA board
Photo-19 Top view of Li-ion battery

Photo-20 Bottom view of Li-ion battery
Photo-21 PCIE Card (model: E10G42BTDA)
Photo-22 PCIE Card (model: EG2I576)
Photo-23 PCIE Card (model: E10G2I599-XR)
Photo-24 PCIE Card (model: EG4I580L)
Photo-25 PCIE Card (model: QLE2562)
Photo-26 PCIE Card (model: QLE2560)
Photo-27 PCIE Card (model: LPE12002-AP)
Photo-28 PCIE Card (model: LPE12000-AP)
Photo-29 PCIE Card (model: E1G42ET)
Photo-30 PCIE Card (model: E1G44HT)
Photo-31 PCIE Card (model: E10G42BFSR)
Photo-32 PCIE Card (model: E1G44HF)
Photo-33 PCIE Card (model: E10G2FI599-SR)
Photo-34 PCIE Card (model: EG4FI571)
Photo-35 PCIE Card (model: Oce11102-FM)
Photo-36 PCIE Card (model: iNIC EN3222e)
Photo-37 PCIE Card (model: iNIC EN1042e)

External Rear View – Front (configuration 3 for Tecal RH2288 V2,Tecal
Photo-38
RH2285 V2,RH2288A V2)
External Rear View – Back (configuration 3 for Tecal RH2288 V2,Tecal
Photo-39
RH2285 V2,RH2288A V2)
Photo-40 Internal view of EUT (configuration 3 for Tecal RH2288 V2,RH2288A V2)
Photo-41 Top view of BC11SRSB board only for Tecal RH2288 V2
Photo-42 Top view of BC11THBC board
Photo-43 Top view of BC11ESMD board
Photo-44 GPU Card(model: Quadro 2000)
Photo-45 Top view of BC11SRSG board only for Tecal RH2288 V2
Photo-46 Top view of Tecal ES3000
Photo-47 Top view of Quadro 4000
Photo-48 Top view of BC11FGEB board
Photo-49 Top view of BC11FXEB board
Photo-50 External Rear View – Front (configuration 4 only for Tecal RH1288 V2 )
Photo-51 External Rear View – Back ( configuration 4 only for Tecal RH1288 V2)

Photo-52 Internal view of EUT (configuration 4 only for Tecal RH1288 V2)
Photo-53 External Rear View – Front (configuration 5 only for Tecal RH1288 V2)
Photo-54 External Rear View – Back (for configuration 5 only for Tecal RH1288 V2)
Photo-55 Internal view of EUT (configuration 5 only for Tecal RH1288 V2)
Photo-56 Warning label -1(for Tecal RH1288 V2)
Photo-57 Warning label -2(for Tecal RH1288 V2)
Photo-58 Fan
Photo-59 Top view of BC11SRSH board for Tecal RH1288 V2

Top view of BC11FHBA board Top view of BC11FHBA board for Tecal
Photo-60
RH1288 V2
Photo-61 Top view of BC11EHBB board for Tecal RH1288 V2
Photo-62 Top view of BC11FCIA board for Tecal RH1288 V2
Photo-63 Top view of BC11PERB board for Tecal RH1288 V2
Photo-64 Top view of BC11PERC board for Tecal RH1288 V2
Photo-65 Top view of BC11FGEA board
Photo-66 Internal view of EUT (Tecal RH2288 V2 for configuration 3)
Photo-67 GPU Card (model: Tesla M2090)
Photo-68 Top view of BC11FGED board
Photo-69 GPU card (model: TESLA K20C)
Photo-70 Internal view of Tecal RH2285 V2(configuration 1)
Photo-71 Internal view of Tecal RH2285 V2(configuration 2)
Photo-72 Top view of BC11SRSC board for Tecal RH2285 V2
Photo-73 Top view of BC11SRSF board for Tecal RH2285 V2
Photo-74 View of BC11SRSI board only for RH2288A V2
Photo-75 View of BC11PSBC board only for RH2288A V2
Photo-76 View of BC61ESMP board
Photo-77 View of CN21ITGB board
Photo-78 View of CN21ITGC board
Photo-79 View of NVS 315 board
Photo-80 View of Quadro K2000 board
Photo-81 External Rear View 1 – for RH1288A V2 with 8 hard disks
Photo-82 External Rear View 2–for RH1288A V2 with 8 or 4 hard disks
Photo-83 Internal view of –for RH1288A V2

Photo-84 External Rear View – for RH1288A V2 with 4 hard disks
Photo-85 View of BC11SRSI board (for RH1288A V2)
Photo-86 Warning label for RH1288A V2

Photo- 01 External Rear View – Front (for configuration 1)

For Tecal RH2288 V2,Tecal RH2285 V2,RH2288A V2
Photo- 02 External Rear View – Back (for configuration 1)


Photo-03, External Rear View – Front (for configuration 2)

Photo- 04, External Rear View – Back (for configuration 2)


Photo- 05, Warning label -1

Photo- 06, Fan

Photo- 07, Hard disk
Photo- 08, Internal view of EUT (configuration 1, only for Teca RH2288 V2 without Li-ion battery)

Photo- 09, Internal view of EUT (configuration 2, only for Teca RH2288 V2 without Li-ion battery)
Photo- 10, Internal view of EUT (configuration 1 only for Teca RH2288 V2)

Photo- 11, Top view of BC11SRSB board only for Teca RH2288 V2
Photo- 12, Top view of PCIE board

Photo- 13, Top view of BC11PERA board
Photo-14, Top view of BC11EHBAboard

Photo-15, Top view of BC11ESMCboard
Photo-16, Top view of BC11ESMD board

Photo-17, Top view of BC11IHBA board
Photo-18, Top view of CN21I4GA board

Photo-19, Top view of Li-ion battery
Photo-20, Bottom view of Li-ion battery

Photo-21, PCIE Card (model: E10G42BTDA)
Photo-22, PCIE Card (model: EG2I576)

Photo-23, PCIE Card (model: E10G2I599-XR)
Photo-24, PCIE Card (model: EG4I580L)

Photo-25, PCIE Card (model: QLE2562)
Photo-26, PCIE Card (model: QLE2560)

Photo-27, PCIE Card (model: LPE12002-AP)
Photo-28, PCIE Card (model: LPE12000-AP)

Photo-29, PCIE Card (model: E1G42ET)
Photo-30, PCIE Card (model: E1G44HT)

Photo-31, PCIE Card (model: E10G42BFSR)
Photo-32, PCIE Card (model: E1G44HF)

Photo-33, PCIE Card (model: E10G2FI599-SR)
Photo-34, PCIE Card (model: EG4FI571)

Photo-35, PCIE Card (model: Oce11102-FM)
Photo-36, PCIE Card (model: iNIC EN3222e)

Photo-37, PCIE Card (model: iNIC EN1042e)
Photo-38, External Rear View – Front

( configuration 3 only for Tecal RH2288 V2,Tecal RH2285 V2,RH2288A V2)

Photo-39, External Rear View – Back

(configuration 3 only for Tecal RH2288 V2,Tecal RH2285 V2,RH2288A V2)
Photo-40, Internal view of EUT

(configuration 3 only for Tecal RH2288 V2,RH2288A V2)

Photo-41, Top view of BC11SRSB board only for Tecal RH2288 V2
Photo-42, Top view of BC11THBC board

Photo-43, Top view of BC11ESMD board
Photo-44, GPU Card (model: Quadro 2000)

Photo-45, Top view of BC11SRSG board for Tecal RH2288 V2
Photo-46, Top view of Tecal ES3000

Photo-47, Top view of Quadro 4000
Photo-48, Top view of BC11FGEB board

Photo-49, Top view of BC11FXEB board
Photo-50, External Rear View – Front (configuration 4 only for Tecal RH1288 V2 )

Photo-51, External Rear View – Back ( configuration 4 only for Tecal RH1288 V2)
Photo-52, Internal view of EUT (configuration 4 only for Tecal RH1288 V2)

Photo-53, External Rear View – Front (for configuration 5 only for Tecal RH1288 V2)
Photo-54, External Rear View – Back (for configuration 5 only for Tecal RH1288 V2)

Photo-55, Internal view of EUT (configuration 5 only for Tecal RH1288 V2)
Photo-56, Warning label -1(for Tecal RH1288 V2)

Photo-57, Warning label -2(for Tecal RH1288 V2)
Photo-58, Fan

Photo-59, Top view of BC11SRSH board only for Tecal RH1288 V2
Photo-60, Top view of BC11FHBA board only for Tecal RH1288 V2

Photo-61, Top view of BC11EHBB board only for Tecal RH1288 V2
Photo-62, Top view of BC11FCIA board only for Tecal RH1288 V2

Photo-63, Top view of BC11PERB board only for Tecal RH1288 V2
Photo-64, Top view of BC11PERC board only for Tecal RH1288 V2

Photo-65, Top view of BC11FGEA board
Photo-66, Internal view of EUT (Tecal RH2288 V2 for configuration 3)

Photo-67, GPU Card (model: Tesla M2090)
Photo-68, Top view of BC11FGED board

Photo-69, GPU card (model: TESLA K20C)
Photo-70, Internal view of Tecal RH2285 V2(configuration 1)

Photo-71, Internal view of Tecal RH2285 V2(configuration 2)
Photo-72, Top view of BC11SRSC board only for Tecal RH2285 V2

Photo-73, Top view of BC11SRSF board only for Tecal RH2285 V2
Photo-74, View of BC11SRSI board only for RH2288A V2

Photo-75, View of BC11PSBC board only for RH2288A V2
Photo-76, View of BC61ESMP board

Photo-77, View of CN21ITGB board
Photo-78, View of CN21ITGC board

Photo-79, View of NVS 315 board
Photo-80, View of Quadro K2000 board

Photo-81, External Rear View 1 – for RH1288A V2 with 8 hard disks
Photo-82, External Rear View 2 –for RH1288A V2 with 8 or 4 hard disks

Photo-83, Internal view of –for RH1288A V2
Photo-84, External Rear View – for RH1288A V2 with 4 hard disks

Photo-85, View of BC11SRSI board (for RH1288A V2)
Photo-86, Warning label for RH1288A V2
END


Ce Safety Test Report of Rh2288 v2, Rh2285 v2, Rh1288a v2 ,,rh2288a v2 Sybh (A) 01677361

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Ce Safety Test Report of Rh2288 v2, Rh2285 v2, Rh1288a v2 ,,rh2288a v2 Sybh (A) 01677361

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ce Safety Test Report of Rh2288 v2, Rh2285 v2, Rh1288a v2 ,,rh2288a v2 Sybh (A) 01677361

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Safety Test Report

Product Name: See page 5

Product Model: See page 5

Report Number: SYBH(A)01677361

Reliability Laboratory of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Administration Building, Headquarters of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Bantian, Longgang

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 1 of 307

Applicant: Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Product Model: See page 5

Date of Receipt Sample: 2015-01-20

Test Result: Pass

Approved by Senior 2015-01-22 Kelvin Shi

Prepared by: 2015-01-21 Rochy Mo

Date Name Signature

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 2 of 307

Add new model: RH1288A V2(configured with power :PS-2461-

1. Add new power supply units for RH2288A V2: EPW460-12A-

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 3 of 307

Address .............................................. : Administration Building, Headquarters of Huawei Technologies Co.,

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 4 of 307

Model and/or type reference ............: For Product name:Server

Tecal RH2288 V2, RH2288 V2,

Tecal RH2288H V2, RH2288H V2,

H22H-02, H22H-02H, RH2288A V2,

Tecal RH2268H V2, Tecal RH2268 V2,

Tecal RH1288 V2, RH1288 V2,RH1288A V2

H12H-02,Tecal RH1268 V2,

Tecal RH2285 V2, Tecal RH2285H V2, RH2285 V2,RH2285H

V2,H22L-02H, H22L-02, Tecal RH2265 V2, Tecal RH2265H V2

For Product name:UMS Server, AMI Web Server, AMI Interface

For Product name:Load balancer

RH2288H V2,TH22H-02, H22H-02H, RH2288A V2

Tecal RH2285 V2, Tecal RH2285H V2, RH2285 V2,

RH2285H V2,H22L-02H, H22L-02, RH1288A V2

~100-240 V,60/50Hz; 6-3 A(Per input) or 240V,5A;

~100-240 V,60/50Hz; 9-4.5 A(Per input) or 240V,5A;

-48 V to -60 V, 26 A max.(Per input)

For: Tecal RH2268H V2, Tecal RH2268 V2,

Tecal RH2265 V2, Tecal RH2265H V2

-48 V to -60 V, 26 A max.(Per input)

For: Tecal RH1288 V2, RH1288 V2,

H12H-02,Tecal RH1268 V2, L2800

-48 V to -60 V, 26 A max.(Per input)

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 5 of 307

Summary of compliance with National Differences:

The product fulfils the requirements of EN60950-1:2006+A11:2009+A1:2010+A12:2011+A2:2013.

Copy of marking plate:

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 6 of 307

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 7 of 307

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 8 of 307

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 9 of 307

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 10 of 307

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 11 of 307

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 12 of 307

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 13 of 307

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 14 of 307

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 15 of 307

Report No.: SYBH(A)01677361 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Page 16 of 307